HYUNDAI 2021 Veloster N Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual for HYUNDAI models including: 2021 Veloster N, 2021, Veloster N

2021 Veloster N Owners Manual

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your Hyundai vehicle

GIF

2021 Veloster N Owners Manual

The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor- tant operating, safety and maintenance information. HYUNDAI ...

Not Your Device? Search For Manuals / Datasheets:

File Info : application/pdf, 455 Pages, 11.37MB

Document

OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3

INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
F4

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.

SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
F6

Introduction

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to perform optimally using premium unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane Number 95) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
Using unleaded gasoline that is lower than octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane Number 95) could result in reduced engine power and increased fuel consumption.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.

WARNING
· Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
F7

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:
· Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
· Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
· Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
· Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more details on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).

Introduction

For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
· Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
· Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
· Do not race the engine.
· While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
· Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
· Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
· Do not use Launch Control during the break-in process.

Introduction
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: · Gasoline and its vapors · Engine exhaust · Used engine oil · Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materials · Component parts which are subject to heat and wear In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

F10

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Infotainment System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Index

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2

Interior Overview ...................................................1-4

Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5

Engine Compartment .............................................1-6

Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Hood .....................................................3-25 2. Headlamp ....................................3-68, 7-63 3. Daytime running light (DRL)..................3-72 4. Turn signal lamp ....................................7-64

5. Tires and wheels ..................................7-32 6. Side view mirror ....................................3-18 7. Wiper blade ..........................................7-26 8. Windows ................................................3-21

OBU018001N

1-2

Rear view

Your vehicle at a glance

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Door ......................................................3-10 2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-28 3. Rear combination lamp ........................7-65 4. Back-up lamp ........................................7-67 5. Turn signal lamp ....................................7-66

6. Liftgate ..................................................3-26 7. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-68 8. Defroster..............................................3-101 9. Rear view camera ................................3-82 10. Antenna ................................................4-2

OBU018002N
1-3

Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4

1. Inside door handle ................................3-11 2. Side view mirror control ........................3-19 3. Central door lock switch ........................3-11 4. Power window lock switch......................3-24 5. Power window switches ........................3-22 6. Instrument panel illumination
control button ........................................3-32 7. Hood release lever ................................3-25 8. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ........3-16 9. Steering wheel ......................................3-15 10. Seat........................................................2-3
OBU018003N

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Instrument cluster ..............................3-31

2. Horn ....................................................3-16

3. Driver's front air bag ..........................2-40

4. Engine Start/Stop button ......................5-6

5. Light control/Turn signals....................3-68

6. Wiper/Washer ....................................3-79

7. Display audio system ..........................4-4

8. Hazard warning flasher switch..............6-2

9. Manual climate control system/ ........3-83 Automatic climate control system ......3-91

10. Passenger's front air bag..................2-40

11. Glove box........................................3-105

12. Power outlet ....................................3-108

13. AUX, USB and iPod® port ..................4-2

14. USB charger ..................................3-109

15. Manual transmission shift lever ........5-12

16. ESC OFF button ..............................5-40

17. Cup holder ......................................3-107

18. Steering wheel audio controls/ ..........4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ............................4-4

19. Driving Assist button ......................5-103

20. DRIVE MODE button ........................5-49

21. N button ............................................5-51

OBU018004N

1-5

Your vehicle at a glance

Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Gasoline Engine (2.0 T-GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-18 2. Fuse box ...........................................7-47 3. Battery ..............................................7-29 4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-22 5. Air cleaner.........................................7-24 6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16 7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-23

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1-6

OJSN078001

Safety system of your vehicle

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.

Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

Important safety precautions...............................2-2 Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-27

Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2

Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-27

Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-28

Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-30

Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2 Control Your Speed...........................................................2-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-2

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system .....2-38
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-40

Seats ........................................................................2-3

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-43

Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-4

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-48

Front Seats .........................................................................2-5

Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-49

Rear Seats...........................................................................2-8

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-54

Head Restraints ...............................................................2-10

SRS Care............................................................................2-59

Seat belts ..............................................................2-14

Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-60

Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-14

Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-61

Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-15

Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-17

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-23

Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving.To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:

· ALWAYS set up your mobile devices

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-

tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is

2-2

parked or safely stopped.

· ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.
· NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

SEATS

2
Front seats (1) Forward and backward (2) Seat cushion height (3) Seatback angle (4) Driver seat folding (5) Lumbar support (Driver's seat) (6) Head restraint Rear seats (7) Seatback folding (8) Head restraint
OBU038001N
2-3

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.
2-4

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
· Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.
· Hold the steering wheel by the rim with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
· NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering wheel and the air bag.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.

Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:
· NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
· Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
· NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
· Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
· Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.

Safety system of your vehicle

Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:
· NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
· Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.

· Use extreme caution when Manual adjustment

picking up small objects The front seat can be adjusted by

trapped under the seats or using the levers located on the out-

between the seat and the center console. Your hands might

side of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper

be cut or injured by the sharp position so that you can easily con-

edges of the seat mechanism. trol the steering wheel, foot pedals

and controls on the instrument

panel.

CAUTION

To prevent injury:
· Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
· Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.

2-5

Safety system of your vehicle

Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

OJSN038002
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

OJSN038003
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)

WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly.

When the seatback is reclined, the

shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you. During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, causing

neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

OJSN038004
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat cushion:
· Push down on the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion.
· Pull up on the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion.

OJSN038080
Lumbar support (if equipped)
To adjust the lumbar support:
· Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
· To move the support position up or down, press switch (3) or (4). The lumbar support does not operate up or down when the lumbar support is in the rearmost position. In this case, to use the system, slightly increase support by pushing the front portion of the switch (1).

2-7

Safety system of your vehicle

Driver seat folding lever

Rear Seats
Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
WARNING

OBU038087N
To get in or get out of the driver's door from the rear seat, the driver's seat should be folded by pulling the lever toward the rear of the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not pull the lever when driving. Sudden movement of the seatback may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
2-8

· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.

OJSN038018
2. Move the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback to avoid the seatbelt system interfering with the seatback.

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

When returning the rear seat-

back from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and

return it slowly. Ensure that the

seatback is completely locked

into its upright position by

pushing on the top of the seat-

back. In an accident or sudden

stop, the unlocked seatback

OJSN038019

OJSN038020 could allow cargo to move for-

4. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold ward with great force and enter

the seatback to the upright posi- the passenger compartment,

tion. Push the seatback firmly until which could result in serious

it clicks into place. Make sure the injury or death.

seatback is locked in place.

OJSN038021
3. Remove the belt from the clip (1) and pull up the seatback folding lever (2), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.

Be careful when returning the rear seatback to prevent damage to the seatbelt. Insert the belt in the clip.

WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.

2-9

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
Make sure the vehicle is off, the shift lever is in N (Neutral), and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.
CAUTION
· Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
· When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.
· Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.

Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats have head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints: · Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. · NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraints removed or reversed.

·
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. · NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is in motion. · Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. · Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjusting it.

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE

Front seat head restraints

To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.
2

OJSN038062L
The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.

OPDEN037009
Forward and rearward adjustment
The head restraint may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the head restraint forward to the desired detent. To adjust the head restraint to it's furthest rearwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it.

2-11

Safety system of your vehicle

OJSN038081
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).

OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

OJSN038082
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward using the seatback angle lever (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.
3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).

2-12

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear seat head restraints
2

OJSN038083
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever (3).

OJSN030088
Seat emblem lights (if equipped) The emblem light on the seat operates the same as the button condition of the front door lamp.
For more details, refer to "Interior Lights" section in chapter 3.

OJSN038063L
The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.

2-13

Safety system of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: · ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the rear seats.

· NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat.
· NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
· Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.
· Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.
· Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.

2-14

· Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
· NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
· No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: · Frayed, contaminated, or dam-
aged webbing

Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning light (for driver's seat)

If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat 2
belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 sec-

· Damaged hardware

onds and the corresponding warning

· The entire seat belt assembly

light will blink.

after it has been worn in an

accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent

If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning light will illuminate

OLMB033022 until the seat belt is fastened.

As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fas-

If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

tening. At this time, if the seat belt is

not fastened a warning chime will

sound for 6 seconds.

2-15

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt warning light (for front passenger's seat)
OJS038065N
As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fastening. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.

If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

WARNING
The front passenger's seat belt warning light may not properly operate if the front passenger does not sit properly in the seat.
i Information
· Although the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. Also, when the front passenger gets off the vehicle while the warning is activating, the warning may continue for 6 seconds even after the passenger gets off.
· The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage, laptop or other electronic device is placed on the front passenger seat.

2-16

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Restraint System

· Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illus-

Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor

tration.

· Always position the shoulder

belt anchor into the locked

position at the appropriate

height.

· Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

OHSS038006
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: · Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.

OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

2-17

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

OHSS038100
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

2-18

Safety system of your vehicle

Shoulder belt extension guide

WARNING

Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system with convertible

· Verify the shoulder belt exten- locking retractor

sion guide is locked into position at the appropriate height.

This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking

Never position the shoulder retractor seat belt and an automatic

belt across your neck or face. locking retractor seat belt. Convertible

Improperly positioned seat retractor type seat belts are installed in

belts can cause serious the rear seat positions to help accom-

injuries in an accident.

modate the installation of child

OJS038024
You can adjust the extension guide to allow easy access to the seat belt

· Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another

restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.

and for the rear seat passengers to

collision leading to personal

easily enter and exit the vehicle.

injury or death. Replace your

When fastening the seat belt, put the extension guide in position (1) and

seat belts after being in an accident as soon as possible.

move it to position (2) when riding in

the rear seat through the front seat.

2-19

Safety system of your vehicle

To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.

NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.

Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device System). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The Emergency Fastening Device System may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.

2-20

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device System
The purpose of the Emergency Fastening Device System is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal collision(s).
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

WARNING
· Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.

WARNING

Do not touch the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been

activated. When the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt mechanism

deploys during a collision, the

pre-tensioners become hot and

can burn you.

2-21

Safety system of your vehicle

OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency Fastening Device System

NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.

NOTICE
· Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollovers.
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions

WARNING

· Fasten your seat belt while Seat belt use during pregnancy · A pregnant woman or a

sitting properly in an upright position to maximize the

The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to

patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen

effectiveness of the pre-ten- protect your unborn child is to protect

during an abrupt stop or acci-

sioner seat belt system.

yourself by always wearing the seat

dent. If you are in an accident

· A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate only once. Replace the pre-

belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the

while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.

tensioner seat belt system, if it shoulder belt across your chest, rout- · To reduce the risk of serious

was activated in an accident.

ed between your breasts and away

injury or death to an unborn

from your neck. Place the lap belt line

child during an accident,

so that it fits snugly and as low as pos-

pregnant women should

sible across the hips, not across the

NEVER place the lap portion

abdomen.

of the seat belt above or over

the area of the abdomen

where the unborn child is

located.

2-23

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more details refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.

Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

2-24

Safety system of your vehicle

Larger children

If the shoulder belt portion slightly Transporting an injured person

Children under age 13 and who are touches the child's neck or face, try A seat belt should be used when an

too large for a booster seat must placing the child closer to the center injured person is being transported.

always occupy the rear seat and use of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still Consult a physician for specific recthe available lap/shoulder belts. A touches their face or neck they need ommendations.

seat belt should lie across the upper to be returned to an appropriate

thighs and be snug across the shoul- booster seat in the rear seat. der and chest to restrain the child

One person per belt

safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safe-

WARNING

Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt.

ty in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

· Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one

This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.

If a larger child over age 13 must be

child to use a single seat belt.

seated in the front seat, the child

must be securely restrained by the

available lap/shoulder belt and the

seat should be placed in the rear-

most position.

2-25

Safety system of your vehicle

Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.

WARNING
· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
· Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Children Always in the Rear

Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be prop-

ride in the rear seats and must erly placed and installed in the rear

WARNING

always be properly restrained to min- seat. You must use a commercially imize the risk of injury in an accident, available child restraint system that

Always properly restrain chil- sudden stop or sudden maneuver. meets the requirements of the Federal 2

dren in the rear seats of the According to accident statistics, chil- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards

vehicle.

dren are safer when properly (FMVSS 213).

Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY

restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.

Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.

or DEATH.

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices. The

laws governing the age or height/

weight restrictions at which seat

belts can be used instead of child

restraints differs among states, so

you should be aware of the specific

requirements in your state, and

where you are travelling.

2-27

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system:
· NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
· Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
· Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.

· Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
· If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
· Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
· After an accident, have a HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child, always:
· Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
· Select a child restraint based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information.
· Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
· Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types There are three main types of child restraint systems: rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats

Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufactur-
er. It's the best way to keep them 2
safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.

WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

OJSN038086
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.

2-29

Safety system of your vehicle

OJSN028004
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your child restraint system always: · Read and follow the instruc-
tions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint. · Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual. Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual, the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

After selecting a proper child seat for · Secure the child in the child Lower Anchors and Tether for

your child, check to make sure it fits restraint. Make sure the child is Children (LATCH System)

properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:

properly strapped in the child The LATCH system holds a child

restraint according to the manufac- restraint during driving and in an acci-

turer instructions.

dent. This system is designed to

make installation of the child restraint

CAUTION

easier and reduce the possibility of

· Properly secure the child

improperly installing your child

restraint to the vehicle. All child A child restraint in a closed restraint. The LATCH system uses

restraints must be secured to the vehicle can become very hot. To anchors in the vehicle and attach-

vehicle with the lap part of a prevent burns, check the seat- ments on the child restraint. The

lap/shoulder belt or with the ing surface and buckles before LATCH system eliminates the need

LATCH system. If using the placing your child in the child to use seat belts to secure the child

lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint.

restraint to the rear seats.

restraint, the convertible locking retractor should be pulled all the way out to engage the "automatic locking" mode. (See page 2-37.)

Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a

· Make sure the child restraint is

child restraint with lower attachments.

firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to-

To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

side movement can be expected.

2-31

Safety system of your vehicle

OJSN038058
LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.

WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.

Lower Anchor Lower Anchor Position Indicator
OJSN038029
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration). The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system

WARNING

NOTICE

To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a

Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of

The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)

secure connection between the child

unretracted seat belts, buckle

restraint and the lower anchors.

all unused rear seat belts and

3. Place the child restraint on the vehi-

retract the seat belt webbing

cle seat, then attach the seat to the

behind the child. Children can

lower anchors according to the

be strangled if a shoulder belt

instructions provided by the child

becomes wrapped around

restraint manufacturer.

their neck and the seat belt

4. Follow the child restraint instructions

tightens.

for properly adjusting and tightening · NEVER attach more than one

the lower attachments on the child

child restraint to a single

restraint to the lower anchors.

anchor. This could cause the

anchor or attachment to come

loose or break.

· Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

2-33

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system
OBU038026
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. Child restraint hook holders are located on the floor of the luggage room.
2-34

WARNING
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
· Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

OJSN038027
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:

When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child

restraint, following the restraint

manufacturer's instructions.

WARNING

Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.

NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system" section in this chapter.

The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

2-35

Safety system of your vehicle

OLMB033045
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

OLMB033097
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.

OLMB033098
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

7. Double check that the retractor is NOTICE in the "Automatic Locking" mode

WARNING

by attempting to pull more of the When the seat belt is allowed to seat belt out of the retractor. If you retract to its fully stowed position,

If the retractor is not in the

cannot, the retractor is in the the retractor will automatically

"Automatic Locking" mode.

switch from the "Automatic

"Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when

Locking" mode to the emergency your vehicle turns or stops sud-

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more details.

lock mode for normal adult usage.

denly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

2-37

Safety system of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 2-38

OBU038089N

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag

WARNING

System for the driver's seat and front

passenger's seats.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The front air bags are designed to ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,

supplement the three-point seat everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in

belts. For these air bags to provide a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt

protection, the seat belts must be when the air bag inflates.

worn at all times when driving.

NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front

You can be severely injured or killed passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant

in an accident if you are not wearing or child causing serious or fatal injuries.

a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.

ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-

fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked

and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,

the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant

causing serious or fatal injuries.

You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

2-39

Safety system of your vehicle

Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

Driver's front air bag Passenger's front air bag

OPDEN037033

The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

OJS038034
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.
2-40

WARNING

Side air bags

Safety system of your vehicle

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following

precautions:

· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.

· Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Never lean against the door or center console.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.

OJSN038084
OJSN030089
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat.

OJSN038036
The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

2-41

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: · Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants positioned properly. · Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. · Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. · Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
2-42

· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
· Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
· Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch button is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Curtain air bags
OJS038052
OJSN038053
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

Safety system of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.

· Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?

The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.

· Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front

The side and curtain air bags on

and rear pillar, roof side rail.

both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.

· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In

The curtain air bags are not designed

an accident, it may cause

to deploy in all side impact or rollover

vehicle damage or personal

OBU038059N

situations.

injury.

The SRS consists of the following

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious

· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of

components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module

injury or death from an inflating

the window, or place objects 3. Side air bag modules

curtain air bag, take the following precautions:
· All seat occupants must wear seat belts at all times to help

between the doors and seats.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.

4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner 6. Air bag warning light

keep occupants positioned

7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

properly.

Rollover sensor

8. Front impact sensors

9. Side impact sensors

2-43

Safety system of your vehicle

10. Side pressure sensors
11. Seat belt buckle sensor
12. Emergency Fastening Device System
13. Occupant classification system
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is in the ON position to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential malfunction with your air bag system, which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover protection.

WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
· The light does not turn on for approximately six seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
· The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six seconds.
· The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
· The light blinks when the engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

During a frontal collision, sensors will · The front air bags will completely · To help provide protection, the air

detect the vehicle's deceleration. If inflate and deflate in an instant. It is bags must inflate rapidly. The speed

the rate of deceleration is high virtually impossible for you to see of air bag inflation is a consequence

enough, the control unit will inflate the air bags inflate during an acci- of extremely short time in which to

the front air bags.

dent. It is much more likely that you inflate the air bag between the 2

The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide

will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
· In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and

occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.

protection in the event of a side curtain air bags will inflate if the However, the rapid air bag inflation

impact or rollover.

sensing system detects a rollover.

can also cause injuries which can

· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
· Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a

When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.

include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.

collision, its direction, etc. These

two factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/inflation signal.

2-45

Safety system of your vehicle

You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
· NEVER place a child restraint in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
· Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

Driver's front air bag (1)
OTLA035107
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

Driver's front air bag (2)

Driver's front air bag (3)

WARNING

To prevent objects from becom-

ing dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:

OTLA035108
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.

Passenger's front air bag

OTLA035109

· Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
· Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.

A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.

OLMB033057

After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

2-47

Safety system of your vehicle

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:
· Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
· Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.

· Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold and mild soap.
· Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.

Noise and smoke from inflating air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist.

2-48

Safety system of your vehicle

Occupant Classification

Main components of the

For example, if a child restraint of the

System (OCS)

Occupant Classification System type specified in the regulations is on

· A detection device located within the seat, the occupant classification

the front passenger seat cushion.
· Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
· An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.

sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting

OJS038067N · The instrument panel air bag indi- on the edge of the seat, or by other-

Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

cator light is interconnected with wise being out of position), this could

the OCS.

cause the sensor to turn the air bag

OFF.

The OCS is designed to help detect You will find the "PASSENGER AIR

the presence of a properly-seated BAG OFF" indicator on the center

front passenger and determine if the fascia panel. This system detects the

passenger's front air bag should be conditions 1-4 in the following table

enabled (may inflate) or not.

and activates or deactivates the front

The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflat-

passenger air bag based on these conditions.

ing air bag to certain front passenger

seat occupants, such as children, by

requiring the air bag to be automati-

cally turned OFF.

2-49

Safety system of your vehicle

Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. These include:
· Failing to sit in an upright position.
· Leaning against the door or center console.
· Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
· Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
· Wearing the seat belt improperly.
· Reclining the seatback.
· Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear.
· Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
· Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the occupant classification system
1. Adult *1

Indicator/Warning light

Devices

"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light

SRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

Off

Activated

2. Infant *2 or child restraint

system with 12 months old *3 *4

Off

Deactivated

3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system

Off

Deactivated

Off

Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

2-50

WARNING

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a

passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

· NEVER put a heavy load in

· NEVER ride with the seat-

the front seat or seatback

back reclined when the

pocket.

vehicle is moving.

Safety system of your vehicle

OBU038090N
· NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.

OLMB033103
· NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.

OLMB033100
· NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101

OLMB033102
· NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

OLMB033104

2-51

Safety system of your vehicle

· Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035900K
· Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
ODH035901K

· Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.
· Do not use electronic ODH035902K devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

· If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.

ODH035903K

Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.

· Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
· Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
· When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat

Never allow an adult passenger

to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF" indicator is illuminat-

ed. During a collision, the air bag

will not inflate if the indicator is

illuminated. Have your passen-

ger reposition himself in the

seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR

B990A01O BAG OFF" indicator remains illu-

Proper seated position for OCS

minated after the passenger

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their

repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE

1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.

seat belt on, legs comfortably The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

extended and their feet on the floor). indicator illuminates for approxi-

Restart the engine and have the per- mately 4 seconds after the Engine

son remain in that position. This will Start/Stop button is in the ON

allow the system to detect the person position or after the engine is

and to enable the passenger air bag. started. If the front passenger seat

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" is occupied, the OCS will then

indicator is still on, ask the passen- classify the front passenger after

ger to move to the rear seat.

several more seconds.

2-53

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
· NEVER place a rear-facing or front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of the vehicle.
· An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
· Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: · Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.

· Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should.
· Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.
· Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.
· Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

2
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor
OBU038037N/OJS038038/OJS038039N/OJS038040N/OJS038041N
2-55

Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
OJSN038042
Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front collision.

OBU038043N

Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

OBU038091N
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
2-56

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions
2

OJSN038044
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.

OJSN038045
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.

OBU038046N
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.

2-57

Safety system of your vehicle

OJSN038085
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

OJSN038047
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.

OTL035068
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance-

WARNING

free and there are no parts you can To reduce the risk of serious

safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi-

injury or death, take the following precautions:

nate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifica-

OJSN038048
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.

Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.

tions to the body structure.
· Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove box.

· Clean the air bag pad covers

with a soft cloth moistened

with plain water. Solvents or

cleaners could adversely

affect the air bag covers and

proper deployment of the sys-

tem.

· Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-59

Safety system of your vehicle

· If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury.

Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.

Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 800633-5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.

2-60

Air Bag Warning Labels

OAE036060

OAD035053

Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

2
2-61

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3 Instrument cluster................................................3-31

Smart Key............................................................................3-3

Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-32

Immobilizer System ...........................................................3-8

Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-33

Door Locks............................................................3-10

Transmission shift indicator .........................................3-36

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-10

Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-38

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-11

LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-48

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-13

LCD Display ...........................................................3-54

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-13

LCD Display Control........................................................3-54

Theft-Alarm System............................................3-14

LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-55

Steering Wheel .....................................................3-15

Trip Computer .......................................................3-64

Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-15

Lighting..................................................................3-68

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-16

Exterior Lights .................................................................3-68

Horn ....................................................................................3-16

Interior Lights...................................................................3-72

Mirrors...................................................................3-17 High Beam Assist (HBA) .....................................3-75

Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-17

System operation ............................................................3-76

Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-18

System malfunction and limitations ...........................3-77

Windows ................................................................3-21 Wipers And Washers ...........................................3-79

Power Windows ...............................................................3-22

Windshield Wipers...........................................................3-79

Exterior Features.................................................3-25 Hood ...................................................................................3-25

Windshield Washers .......................................................3-80 Rear Window Wiper and Washer................................3-81

Liftgate ..............................................................................3-26

Rear View Monitor (RVM)..................................3-82

Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-28

Manual Climate Control System.........................3-83

Heating and Air Conditioning .......................................3-84

System Operation............................................................3-87

System Maintenance......................................................3-89

Automatic Climate Control System ....................3-91

Automatic Temperature Control Mode ......................3-92

Manual Temperature Control Mode ...........................3-93

System Operation............................................................3-97

System Maintenance......................................................3-99

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-101

Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-103

Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-104

Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-104

Storage Compartment .......................................3-105

Center Console Storage ..............................................3-105

Glove Box........................................................................3-105

Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-106

Interior Features ................................................3-107 Cup Holder ......................................................................3-107 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-108 Power Outlet ..................................................................3-108 USB charger ...................................................................3-109 Clock .................................................................................3-110 Clothes Hanger ..............................................................3-110 Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-111 Cargo Area Cover..........................................................3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Smart Key

Locking your vehicle

i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.

Note that you cannot lock your vehi- 3
cle using the door handle button if any of the following occur:

· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

OPD046044
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic

OJS048001
To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key:
1. Close all doors, hood and liftgate.
2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once.
4. When the doors are locked, the indicator light on the central door lock/unlock switch will be illuminated.

· The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any of the doors are open except for the liftgate.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

3-3

Convenient features of your vehicle

Unlocking your vehicle
OJS048001
To unlock your vehicle: 1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession. 2. Press either the button on the
door handle or the Door Unock button (2) on the smart key. The driver's door will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.

3. Two Press Unlock Feature The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings menu in the LCD cluster display. The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock Feature in the User Settings menu in the LCD cluster display. The option can be found under the following menu:
USER SETTINGS DOOR TWO PRESS UNLOCK

The Two Press Unlock Feature can also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the DOOR LOCK button and the DOOR UNLOCK button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.
i Information
· The door handle buttons will only operate when the smart key is within 28-40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle
· Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is within this range
· If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock

3-4

Convenient features of your vehicle

Opening the liftgate

i Information

Start-up

To unlock and open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.

· The liftgate handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate

You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.
For information, refer to the

2. Press either the liftgate handle handle.

"Engine Start/Stop Button" sec-

release button on the vehicle or · The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will tion in chapter 5.

press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more

only unlock the liftgate. It will not release the latch and open the lift- NOTICE

than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times

gate automatically. If the Liftgate Unlock button is used, someone

To prevent damaging the smart key:

and the liftgate latch will unlock.

must still press the liftgate handle · Keep the smart key in a cool, dry

button to open the liftgate.

place to avoid damage or mal-

NOTICE

function. Exposure to moisture

or high temperature may cause

The liftgate must be operated Panic button

the internal circuit of the smart

manually to open the liftgate. Once the liftgate latch is unlocked, pull upward on the liftgate handle to fully open the liftgate.

Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.

key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.
· Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.

3. Once the liftgate is opened and

then closed, the liftgate will lock

automatically.

3-5

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.

To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard.

Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

OJSN048131
To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward.
To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key. insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver door.

Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the following occur:
· The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
· The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-6

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal

i Information

Battery replacement

could be blocked by your mobile This device complies with Part 15 of

phone's normal operational signals. the FCC rules.

This is specifically relevant when the Operation is subject to the following

phone is active such as making and three conditions:

receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

smart key and your mobile phone in 2. This device must accept any inter-

the same location such as a pants or

ference received, including interfer-

jacket pocket in order to avoid inter-

ence that may cause undesired

ference between the two devices.

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

OPD046046

NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to

expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032

the key surface.

To replace the battery:

NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.

1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.

3-7

Convenient features of your vehicle

If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.

If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.

3-8

NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.

i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

3
3-9

Convenient features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
Smart key

Smart key

Lock / Unlock

If you press the button on the front passenger's outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

OJS048002
If you lock the driver's door with a mechanical key, all vehicle doors will lock. If you unlock the driver's door with a mechanical key, you can open and close the driver's door only. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
3-10

Door Door Lock Unlock

OJS048001

OPD046004
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock.

i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
· Two press unlock setting can be changed in the User Settings mode on the cluster.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button

· If the inner door handle of either the driver door or passenger door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and the door will open.

With the central door lock switch

· For Push Button Start Vehicles

(Smart Key)

The doors cannot be locked if the

smart key fob is inside the vehicle

and any of the doors are open.

OJS048004N
· To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.
· To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.

i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
· Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
· Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
· Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.

OJS048005N
The driver side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch. The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
When the lock button (1) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock.

3-11

Convenient features of your vehicle

· For Push Button Start Vehicles (Smart Key)
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.
WARNING
· The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
· Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.

WARNING
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.

3-12

WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the the 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and to R (Reverse) on a downhill, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
CAUTION
Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks

If you stay in the vehicle for a Your vehicle is equipped with fea-

long time while the weather is tures that will automatically lock or

very hot or cold, there are risks unlock your vehicle based on set-

of injuries or danger to life. Do tings you select in the LCD cluster

not lock the vehicle from the display. outside when someone is in the

vehicle.

Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed

When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).

OBU048006

Additional Unlock Safety Feature - Air Bag Deployment
As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.

The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.

3-13

Convenient features of your vehicle

To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur:
- A door is opened without using the smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without using the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the liftgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the liftgate from outside the vehicle with the smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set, opening any door, the liftgate, or the hood without using the smart key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.
i Information
· Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the engine by directly pressing the ignition switch with the smart key.
· If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.

3-14

STEERING WHEEL

Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require

· When abnormality is detected in the electric power steering system, to prevent an accident, the steering assist function will stop. At this time, the warning light turns on or

· When the battery voltage is low, you might have to put more steering effort. However, it is a temporary condition so that it will return to normal condition after charging the battery.

increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal

blinks on the cluster. The steering wheel may become

· A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is

difficult to control or operate.

in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.

vehicle operation, have the system

Have your vehicle checked · Motor noise may be heard when the

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

immediately, after moving the

vehicle is at a stop or at a low driv-

dealer.

vehicle to a safe zone.

ing speed.

Convenient features of your vehicle

CAUTION
· If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.

i Information
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition.
· When the battery voltage is low, you might have to put more steering effort. However, it is a temporary condition so that it will return to normal condition after charging the battery.

· When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
· When an error is detected from the EPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated in order to help prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
3-15

Convenient features of your vehicle

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3-16

OJSN048007
To adjust the steering wheel angle and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
i Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.

Horn
OPDEN047014
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

Convenient features of your vehicle

MIRRORS

Inside Rearview Mirror Before driving your vehicle, check to

WARNING

Day/night rearview mirror

see that your inside rearview mirror NEVER adjust the mirror while

is properly positioned. Adjust the driving. This may cause loss of

rearview mirror so that the view vehicle control resulting in an

through the rear window is properly accident.

centered.
3

WARNING

NOTICE

When cleaning the mirror, use a

Make sure your line of sight is paper towel or similar material

not obstructed. Do not place dampened with glass cleaner. Do

objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.

not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

OBU048318N
[A] : Day, [B] : Night
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night

lever is in the day position.

WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.

Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

3-17

Convenient features of your vehicle

Blue Link® center

Side View Mirrors

Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

OJS048318N
For details, refer to the Blue Link® Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.

OJS048010
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.

NOTICE
· Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

3-18

Blind spot mirror

The blind spot mirror is equipped on Side View Mirror Adjustment the driver's left side view mirror.

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

· Always check the road condi-

tion while driving for unex-

pected situations even though

the vehicle is equipped with a

blind spot mirror.

OJS048319N

· The blind spot mirror is intended as a supplemental device to assist the driver before changing lanes. Do not solely rely on the blind spot mirror as a precaution. Always pay attention to traffic conditions around you.

OJS048011N
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (driver's side) or R (passenger's side) button (1) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust.

OLF044478N

NOTICE
Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is a supplemental mirror that minimizes the driver's blind spot zone by expanding the field of view on the rear side of the vehicle.

3-19

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
· The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
· Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.

Folding the side view mirrors
OJS048012
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.

3-20

WINDOWS

(1) Driver's door power window switch

(2) Front passenger's door power window switch

(3) Rear door (right) power window switch

(4) Window opening and closing

(5) Automatic power window*

(6) Power window lock switch

* : if equipped

OJS048014N

3-21

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of rear passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 30 second period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.

i Information
· In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· While driving with the rear windows down, your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch.

Window opening and closing
OJS048015
To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (4). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (4). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto down window (if equipped) To reset the power windows

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

Pressing the power window switch If the power windows do not operate

down momentarily to the second normally, the automatic power win-

detent position (5) completely lowers dow system must be reset as follows:

the window even when the switch is 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

released. To stop the window at the

position.

desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.

Auto up/down window (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (5) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

OBU048056
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.

3-23

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate.

Power window lock switch
OJS048016N
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: · The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger power window · Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows.

WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child.
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

3-24

Convenient features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Hood
Opening the hood

OBU048017N
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.

OBU048018N
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).

OJS048019
4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood open with the support rod (1).
WARNING
· When handling the support rod, grasp the rod in the area wrapped with rubber only. In some cases where the engine has been running the support rod may be hot. Caution should be taken to avoid getting burned by the support rod.

3-25

Convenient features of your vehicle

· The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from becoming dislodged and falling and causing potential injury.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the engine compartment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects are removed from the engine room area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other combustible material is removed from the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.
3-26

WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
· Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.

Liftgate Opening the liftgate
OBU048020N
Before attempting to open the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in N (Neutral). To open the liftgate, perform the following: 1. Unlock all doors with the Door
Unlock button on your smart key. Press the liftgate handle button and open the liftgate. 2. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key. Press the liftgate handle button and open the liftgate. 3. With the Smart Key in your possession, press the liftgate handle button and open the liftgate.

Closing the liftgate

NOTICE

Emergency liftgate safety

release Make certain that you close the

liftgate before driving your vehi-

cle. Possible damage may occur

to the liftgate struts and mounting

hinges if the liftgate is not closed

prior to driving.

WARNING

Convenient features of your vehicle

OBU048021N
Lower the liftgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the liftgate handle button.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

OJS048023
Do not hold on to or try to pull on the liftgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the liftgate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.

OBU048022N
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps: 1. Insert the mechanical key from the
key fob or a small screwdriver into the slot at the bottom of the liftgate inside the luggage compartment.
3-27

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the right to engage the safety release lever.
3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.

Fuel Filler Door Opening the fuel filler door

WARNING
· Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release lever.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
3-28

OJS048024
The fuel filler door is opened from inside the vehicle using the fuel filler door release lever.
1. Turn the engine off. Locate the fuel filler door release lever on the floor on the left side of the driver seat.
2. Pull up on the release lever.

OJS048025
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel tank cap.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.

WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable

· Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a build-

2. Close the fuel filler door until it is and explosive. Failure to follow

up of static electricity by

latched securely.

these guidelines may result in

touching, rubbing or sliding

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

against any item or fabric

· Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station.
· Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station.

capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity

discharge can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire. If you

must re-enter the vehicle, you

should once again eliminate

potentially dangerous static

· Before touching the fuel noz-

electricity discharge by touch-

zle, you should eliminate the

ing a metal part of the vehicle,

potential build-up of static

away from the fuel filler neck,

electricity by touching a metal

nozzle or other gasoline

part of the vehicle, a safe dis-

source, with your bare hand.

tance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.

· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on

· Do not use cellular phones

the ground prior to refueling.

while refueling. Electric cur-

Static electricity discharge

rent and/or electronic interfer-

from the container can ignite

ence from cellular phones can

fuel vapors causing a fire.

potentially ignite fuel vapors

and cause a fire.

3-29

Convenient features of your vehicle

Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
· Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
· When refueling, always move the shift lever to the 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and to R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
· Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.

· If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
· If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

i Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
· If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.

3-30

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.

OBU048106N
3-31

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster illumination

WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. Doing so could lead to driver distraction which may cause an accident and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.

OJSN048026
When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.

OJS048110L
· The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
· If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.
For information regarding the illumination setting on your audio display, refer to the "Setup" section of your Audio or Navigation manual.

3-32

Convenient features of your vehicle

Gauges and Meters Speedometer

Variable LED tachometer

OPDEN047109
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).

OBU048146N
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

OBU048147N
The yellow and red LEDs show the range of recommended engine operation speed. As the engine oil temperature warms up, the recommended engine speed range also extends.
Avoid driving with engine speeds in the yellow and red warning fields. In particular, do not drive with the engine speed in the red warning field.
Doing so may damage the engine.

3-33

Convenient features of your vehicle

Engine coolant temperature gauge

WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

Fuel gauge

OAD046522
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
3-34

OAD046524
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
i Information
· The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8.
· The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
· On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

Outside temperature gauge

For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also:

Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.

- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF buttons on the climate control unit for 3 seconds

Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate con-

trol screen will change.

NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

OAD048556N
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperature by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~ 60°C)

Odometer

Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)

You can change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User Settings mode in the cluster:
- Go to User Settings Mode Other Temperature Unit.

OAD048552N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.

3-35

Convenient features of your vehicle

Range
OBU048139N
· The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.
· If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "----" as range.

i Information
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly.
· The range may differ from the actual driving distance as it is only an estimate of the available driving range for the vehicle and driving conditions.
· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

Transmission shift indicator Manual transmission shift indicator
OJSN048130
1. Transmission shift indicator 2. Current shift lever position This indicator informs which gear is recommended while driving, to save fuel. · Shifting up : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 · Shifting down : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

3-36

Convenient features of your vehicle

For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).

Shift lights

You may select in which mode to display the gear shift indicator in the Infotainment system screen.

Go to `N mode Performance

Options Shift Indicator

ECO/NORMAL/SPORT/N/CUSTOM'.

This indicator is displayed when driving in NORMAL/ECO mode.

OJSN048128
The number of LEDs illuminated indicates the relevant engine speed.
Different colored LEDs will be illuminated as engine speed nears the maximum allowed speed.

Each gear and drive mode has different LED operation range. In SPORT mode and N mode, LED operation is broader than NORMAL mode and ECO mode to further support the driver under sporty and track driving conditions.

3-37

Convenient features of your vehicle

Warning and Indicator Lights
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Supplemental Restraint System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position. - The air bag warning light illumi-
nates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed · The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more details, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position. - The parking brake light illumi-
nates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released. · Whenever the parking brake is applied. · Whenever the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.

3-38

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the brake fluid level in the reser- Also, the vehicle will not stop in as Anti-lock Brake System

voir is low:

short a distance with only a portion (ABS) Warning Light

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe of the brake system working.

location and stop your vehicle.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-

2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in

ing, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

This warning light illuminates:
· When you place the ignition switch to the ON position.

chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is

WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

- The ABS warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off.

found, or if the warning light Warning Light

· Whenever there is a malfunction

remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it

with the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking system will still be operational even if there is a malfunction with the ABS.

Dual-diagonal braking system

indicates that the brake fluid

Your vehicle is equipped with dual- level is low.

diagonal braking systems. This In this case, have the vehicle

means you still have braking on two inspected by an authorized

wheels even if one of the dual sys- HYUNDAI dealer.

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.

3-39

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: · When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.

i Information - Electronic
Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

This warning light illuminates:
· When you place the ignition switch to the ON position.
- The Electric Power Steering Warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction with the EPS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

NOTICE

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-

ic converter damage is possible

This indicator light illuminates:

which could result in loss of This warning light illuminates:

· When you place the ignition switch engine power.

· When the engine oil pressure is low.

to the ON position.

In this case, have the vehicle

- The malfunction indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.

· Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain.

Charging System Warning Light

2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required.

If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When this warning light illuminates while the engine is running, the bat-

If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected

NOTICE

tery is not being charged. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories.

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission

Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep the engine running.

control system which could affect Have the vehicle inspected by an

drivability and/or fuel economy.

authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon

as possible.

3-41

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
· If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, severe damage could result.
· If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.

Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When there is a malfunction in
operation in any of the following systems: - Low washer fluid - Exterior lamp malfunction
(if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.

3-42

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light

This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light

This warning light illuminates:
· When you place the ignition switch ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.

· When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

This indicator light illuminates:
· When you place the ignition switch to the ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control indicator light illuminates for

· When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

about 3 seconds and then goes off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction

are displayed on the LCD display.)

with the ESC system.

For more details, refer to "Tire

WARNING

If this occurs, have the vehicle

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Safe Stopping

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

This indicator light blinks:
· While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

3-43

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you place the ignition switch to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

ECS SPORT Indicator Light

(6& 63257

This indicator light illuminates:
· When ESC SPORT is activated.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control" in chapter 5.

Immobilizer Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: · When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. - Once the smart key is detected,
you can start the engine. - The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: · When the smart key is not in the
vehicle. - If the smart key is not detected,
you cannot start the engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:
· If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
· When the battery voltage of the smart key is low.
- If this occurs, you will not be able to start the engine by simply pressing the Start/Stop button. However, you can still start the engine by pressing the Start/Stop button directly with the smart key. (Refer to "Starting the Engine" in chapter 5.)
· When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-44

Convenient features of your vehicle

Turn Signal Indicator Light

High Beam Indicator Light

LED Headlight Warning Light (if equipped)

This indicator light blinks:

This indicator light illuminates:

This warning light illuminates:

· When you operate the turn signal · When the headlights are on and in · When you place the ignition switch

indicator stalk.

the high beam position

to the ON position.

· When the turn signal lever is pulled · When there is a malfunction with

If any of the following occur, there may into the Flash-to-Pass position.

the LED headlight.

be a malfunction with the turn signal

If this occurs, have the vehicle

system.

Light ON Indicator

- The turn signal indicator light illumi- Light

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

nates but does not blink

- The turn signal indicator light blinks

This warning light blinks:

rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have

This indicator light illuminates:
· When the tail lights or headlights are on.

When there is a malfunction with a LED headlight related part.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

your vehicle inspected by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.

3-45

Convenient features of your vehicle

High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped)

Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)

Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :
· When the high-beam is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position.
· If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in this chapter.

This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the outside temperature gauge reads below 40°F (4°C), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
i Information
If the icy road warning light illuminates while driving, it means that the outside temperature has reduced and that the road conditions may be icy. As a precaution you should reduce your speed and drive more carefully and with greater attention to the road conditions.

This indicator light illuminates: · When Cruise Control is enabled. For more details, refer to "Cruise Control (CC)" in chapter 5.
SPORT Mode Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5.

3-46

Convenient features of your vehicle

SMART Mode Indicator

ECO Mode Indicator

Light (if equipped)

60$57 Light

CUSTOM Mode Indicator Light

&86720

This indicator light illuminates:

· When you select ''SMART" mode · When you select "ECO" mode as · When you select "CUSTOM" mode

as drive mode.

drive mode.

as drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System'' in chapter 5.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5.

N Mode Indicator Light

REV (Rev Matching) Indicator Light

5(9

This indicator light illuminates:
· When you select "N" mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5.

This indicator light illuminates:
[White] When Rev Matching is turned on in NORMAL mode.
[Yellow] When Rev Matching is turned on in SPORT mode.
[Red] When Rev Matching is turned on in N mode.
For more details, refer to "Rev Matching" in chapter 5.

3-47

Convenient features of your vehicle

CREEP OFF Indicator Light (if equipped)

&5((3 2))

When Creep Start is set to OFF in custom mode, vehicle will not automatically move and CREEP OFF indicator will turn on even if you take your foot off the brake pedal while vehicle is stopped at D (Drive) or M (Manual mode) driving position of dual clutch transmission.
For more details, refer to "N button" in chapter 5.

CREEP OFF operation and indicator lighting conditions · Driving mode : Custom · Creep start setting : OFF · Vehicle status : Stopping

WARNING
CREEP START OFF allows the vehicle to stop without depressing the brake pedal on a flat surface and accelerate immediately when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
When using this function, always be careful as the vehicle may move depending on the incline and road conditions.

LCD Display Messages
Low key battery This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Press clutch pedal to start engine This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal. You can start the engine by depressing the clutch pedal to.
Key not in vehicle This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/ Stop button. When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

Key not detected

Battery discharging due to

Press START button with key

This warning message is displayed if external electrical devices

This warning message is displayed if

the smart key is not detected when you This message is displayed if the bat- you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

press the Engine Start/Stop button.

tery voltage is weak due to any non- ton while the warning message "Key

factory electrical accessories (ex. not detected" is displayed.

Press START button again This message is displayed if you

dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not discharged.

At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.

were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.

If the warning message appears after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, we recommend

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse This warning message is displayed if

If this occurs, attempt to start the that you have the vehicle inspected the brake switch fuse is disconnected.

engine by pressing the Engine Start/ by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Stop button again.

You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine.

If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

3-49

Convenient features of your vehicle

Door, Hood, Liftgate Open Indicator

Low Pressure

Turn FUSE SWITCH on

OJS048111
This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

OJS048115L
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

OOS047142L
This warning message is displayed if the fuse switch located on the fuse box under the steering wheel is OFF.
The fuse switch is turned OFF to minimize battery draw when the vehicle is in storage or in transportation where the vehicle will not be operated for some time.
Under normal conditions, the fuse switch should be set to the ON position.
For more details, refer to "Fuses" in chapter 7.

3-50

Lights Mode

Wiper

Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

Low fuel

This warning message is displayed if

the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.

OPD047120L
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.

OIK047146L
This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.

When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-51

Convenient features of your vehicle

Engine overheated
This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
Check headlight
This warning message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly. A headlight bulb may need to be replaced.

Tire size mismatch. Check all tire sizes
This warning message is displayed when different tires (size, type, etc.) are detected between front and rear. To use the Electronic Limited Slip Differential, equip the vehicle with the same tires on front and rear.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Limited Slip Differential" in chapter 5.

Check limited slip differential
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Limited Slip Differential system.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer of HYUNDAI.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Limited Slip Differential" in chapter 5.

i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.

3-52

Check Electronic Suspension

Downshift Alert. Downshifting at

This warning message is displayed if high RPMs may result in engine there is a problem with the Electronic damage

Control Suspension (ECS) system. If transmission input rpm is too high

In this case, have your vehicle (over rev limit) due to shifting, a

inspected by an authorized dealer of warning message will appear and a

HYUNDAI.

warning chime will sound.

For more details, refer to For more details, refer to "Rev

"Electronic Control Suspension Matching" in chapter 5.

(ECS)" in chapter 5.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-53

Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

3-54

OPDEN047404

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Display Modes

Modes

Symbol

Sport

Explanation
The Sport menu displays Gauge, Lap Timer and G-Force. For more details, refer to the following pages.

Trip Computer

The Trip Computer menu displays driving information such as the tripmeter,

fuel economy, etc. For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Driving Assist

The Driving Assist mode displays the status of Tire Pressure. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User Settings

The User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

Master Warning

The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-55

Convenient features of your vehicle Sport mode

OIK047167N
Gauges
This mode displays information related to your engine such as engine oil temperature (1), current torque (2) and turbo boost pressure (3).

Lap timer (1) Total time (2) Best lap (3) Current lap

OIK047168L/OIK047169L

To start (A):
Press the OK button shortly on the steering wheel. The lap timer will start counting the current lap (3).

To stop (B):
Press and hold the OK button for more than 1 second on the steering wheel while the lap timer is counting the current lap (3).

OIK047170L
To reset (C): Press and hold the OK button for more than 1 second on the steering wheel when the lap timer has stopped counting the current lap (3). If the OK button is pressed shortly, the lap timer will continue counting from the time it has been stopped.
To save laps: Press the OK button shortly on the steering wheel while the lap timer is counting the current lap (3). The timer can save L1~ L3 (4). The best lap (2) will be displayed automatically.

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

The saved laps can be reset when the current lap is reset.
To start a new lap press the OK button when the current lap is reset.

Trip computer mode

Assist mode

OIK047131
G-Force This mode displays the force delivered to the vehicle laterally while the vehicle is in motion.

OIK047124N
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

OJSN048119L
Tire Pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

3-57

Convenient features of your vehicle

Master warning mode
This warning light informs the driver the following situations.
- Lamp malfunction
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur. At this time, the LCD Modes Icon will change from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ).

User settings mode In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Driver Assistance 2. Door 3. Lights 4. Sound 5. Convenience 6. Service interval 7. Other 8. Language 9. Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

i Information
Settings only available with parking brake engaged and gear in neutral.
This warning message illuminates if you try to select an item from the User Settings mode while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings after engaging the parking brake and shifting the gear to neutral.

3-58

1. Door
Auto Lock

Items

Auto Unlock

Two Press Unlock

2. Lights

Items

One Touch Turn Signal

Headlight Delay

Explanation
- Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled. - Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds
9.3 mph (15 km/h).
3
- Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. - Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position.
- Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
- On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Explanation - Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. - 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
3-59

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Sound

Items

Cluster Voice Guidance Volume

Welcome Sound

Explanation To adjust the Cluster Voice Guidance volume. - Level 1 / Level 2 / Level 3
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.

4. Convenience
Items Wiper/Lights Display
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)

Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON. For more details, refer to "Wipers and Washers" in this chapter.

3-60

Convenient features of your vehicle

5. Service interval
Items Service Interval

Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval

If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
3

i Information
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.

i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

3-61

Convenient features of your vehicle

6. Other

Items

Fuel Economy Reset

Speed Unit Fuel Economy Unit Temperature Unit Torque Unit Turbo Boost Pressure Unit Tire Pressure Unit

Explanation
- Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. - After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically. - After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
To select the speed unit. - km / mile
To select the fuel economy unit. - US gallon / UK gallon
To select the temperature unit. - °C / °F
To select the torque unit. - Nm / lb·ft
To select the turbo boost pressure unit. - psi / kPa / bar
To select the tire pressure unit. - psi / kPa / bar

3-62

7. Language
Language

Items

8. Reset
Reset

Items

To select language.

Explanation

3
Explanation You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-63

Convenient features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
i Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.

Trip modes
Fuel Economy
· Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy

Drive Info · Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer

Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer

Digital Speedometer

OPDEN047404
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.

3-64

Convenient features of your vehicle

Average fuel economy/ Instant fuel economy

Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.

Instant Fuel Economy
· The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.

Automatic reset

Accumulated Info display

To automatically reset the average

fuel economy, select between "After

Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the

User Settings mode on the LCD dis-

play.

OJS048325N
Average Fuel Economy
· The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.
· The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.

- After Ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
- After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
i Information

OJS048326N
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).

The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.

3-65

Convenient features of your vehicle

To reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Drive Info display

The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

OJS048327N
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

3-66

Digital speedometer
OPDE046145R
The digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.

3
3-67

Convenient features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Exterior Lights
Lighting control To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
OOS047404N
1. OFF position 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position

OJS048036
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor on the center dash.
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

NOTICE
· Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
· Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
· If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.

3-68

High beam operation

Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047405N
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

OOS047406N
Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.

OOS047407N
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.

WARNING

Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

3-69

Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047408N
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.

Turn signals and lane change signals
OOS047410N
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

Onetouch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

3-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery saver function

Headlamp delay function

NOTICE

The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:

If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the engine off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.

If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the headlamps manually from the headlamp switch before exiting the vehicle.

1) Open the driver-side door.

The headlamps (and/or parking

2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and lamps) can be turned off by pressing

ON again using the headlamp the lock button on the smart key

switch on the steering column.

twice or turning the headlamp switch

to the OFF or AUTO position.

You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings Mode in the LCD display.

For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

3-71

Convenient features of your vehicle

Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when :
· The headlamps are ON.
· The parking lamps are ON.
· The vehicle is turned off.
· The parking brake is engaged.

Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.

Front lamps
OPD046041
Front Map Lamp (1) : Press either lenses to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger.

3-72

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front Door Lamp (2) (

Front room lamp

Rear lamp (if equipped)

The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not.

(3) :

Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats.

When doors are unlocked by the

smart key, the front and rear lamps ·

(4) :

come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is

Press the button to turn OFF the room lamp for the front/rear seats regardless of front or rear door open position.

closed. However, if the ignition switch

is in the ON position or all doors are

OOS047321

locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear

Rear Room Lamp ( ):
Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.

lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

3-73

Convenient features of your vehicle

Luggage compartment lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

OBU048038N
The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.
NOTICE
The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the liftgate is open. To prevent unnecessary battery system drain, close the liftgate securely after using the luggage compartment.

OOS047055
Push the switch to turn the light on or off.
· : The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed.
· : The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed.
NOTICE
Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

3-74

Convenient features of your vehicle

HIGH BEAM ASSIST (HBA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor

NOTICE

Always keep the front view camera in good condition to maintain optimal performance of High Beam Assist.
For more details on the precau-
tions of the front view camera, 3
refer to "Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 5.

OIK047090
High Beam Assist will automatically adjust the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) depending on the brightness of detected vehicles and certain road conditions.

OBU050218N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect ambient light and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

3-75

Convenient features of your vehicle

System operation
Display and control
· High Beam Assist will operate by following the procedure below.
- Place the headlamp switch in the AUTO position and push the headlamp lever towards the instrument cluster. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator light will illuminate on the cluster and the system will be enabled.
- When the system is enabled, high beam will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (25 km/h), high beam will not turn on.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light will illuminate on the cluster when high beam is on.

· When High Beam Assist is operating, if the headlamp lever or switch is used, the system operates as follow:
- If the headlamp lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without High Beam Assist canceled. When you let go of the headlamp lever, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.
- If the headlamp lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by High Beam Assist, low beam will be on and the system will turn off.
- If the headlamp switch is placed from AUTO to another position (headlamp/position/off), High Beam Assist will turn off and the corresponding lamp will turn on.

· When High Beam Assist is operating, high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlamp of an oncoming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.

3-76

Convenient features of your vehicle

System malfunction and limitations
System malfunction

Limitations of the system

· A vehicle suddenly appears from a

High Beam Assist may not work curve.

properly in the following situations: · The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire

· Light from a vehicle is not detected or is being towed.

because of lamp damage, or · Light from a vehicle is not detected

because it is hidden from sight, because of exhaust fume, smoke,

etc.
· Headlamp of a vehicle is covered with dust, snow or water.

fog, snow, etc.
For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to

· A vehicle's headlamps are off but "Forward Collision-Avoidance

the fog lamps are on and etc.

Assist (FCA)" section in chapter 5.

· There is a lamp that has a similar

shape as a vehicle's lamp.

· Headlamps have been damaged

OBU050332N

or not repaired properly.

When High Beam Assist is not work-

ing properly, the `Check High Beam

Assist (HBA) system' warning mes-

sage will appear and

warning

light will illuminate on the cluster. We

recommend that the system be

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

· Headlamps are not aimed properly.
· Driving on a narrow curved road, rough road, uphill or downhill.
· Vehicle in front is partially visible on a crossroad or curved road.
· There is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.

· There is a temporary reflector or flash ahead (construction area).

· The road conditions are bad such as being wet, iced or covered with snow.

3-77

Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING · At times, High Beam Assist
may not work properly. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety. · When High Beam Assist does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between high beam and low beam.
3-78

Convenient features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Front windshield wiper/washer

· HI High wiper speed

Windshield Wipers

B : Intermittent control wipe time Operates as follows when the igni-

adjustment

tion switch is in the ON position.

C : Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you)

MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will oper-

Rear windshield wiper/washer

OPD047454L

D : Rear wiper/washer control · HI High wiper speed · LO Low wiper speed · OFF Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)

ate continuously if the lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.

INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers

most frequently (for more rain).

The bottom setting will run the

wipers the least frequently (for

less rain).

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.

HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

OTLA045318
A : Wiper speed control · MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe · LO Low wiper speed
3-79

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

Windshield Washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.

WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

3-80

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

· To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.

· To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do not

operate the wipers when the

windshield is dry.

· To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.

OTLE045164
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI High wiper speed
LO Low wiper speed
OFF Off

OTLE045166
Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON by selecting the function on the LCD display.

Go to 'User Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.

3-81

Convenient features of your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM)

WARNING
Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.

OBU048033N
Rear View Monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
This is a supplemental function that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the audio display while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.

WARNING
· Never rely solely on Rear View Monitor when backing-up.
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.

· During winter the rear viewcamera image may be foggy due to the exhaust gas if the vehicle is stopped for a long time or parked in an indoor parking lot and when you park or stop your vehicle on hills.
· Due to the location of the camera, the license plate may be partially shown on the bottom of the rear view screen.
NOTICE
Always keep the rear view camera lens clean. The rear view camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
3
1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. Mode selection buttons 4. Front windshield defroster button 5. Rear window defroster button 6. A/C (Air conditioning) button 7. Air intake control (recirculation) button
OJS048300N
3-83

Convenient features of your vehicle

Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

Mode selection

OJSN048304
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
3-84

Face-Level (B, D)

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the

body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small

outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window

air discharged from the outlet.

defrosters.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Bi-Level (B, C, D)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

OJS048305
MAX A/C-Level (B, D)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
In this mode, the A/C button and the Recirculation mode button cannot be selected. Turn the fan speed mode to adjust.
After the interior cabin has cooled sufficiently, move the temperature knob away from the MAX A/C setting and adjust the knob to the desired position.
If you wish to continue using A/C ON, make sure the A/C button LED is illuminated.

3-85

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument panel vents
OJSN048306
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the "click-to-close" type. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the
vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks. - For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks.
3-86

Temperature control (2) The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right. The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.
Air intake control (7) The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

i Information
Using the system primarily in Fresh mode and Recirculation mode only when needed is recommended for best results.
Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin.

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

Fan speed control (1)

System Operation

Turn the knob to the right to increase Cooling / Ventilation

· Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This

the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the "0" position turns off the fan.

1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

may lead to loss of vehicle NOTICE

4. Set the fan speed control to the

control which may lead to an accident.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin.

Operating the fan speed when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running.

desired speed.
Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.

This may cause condensation Air conditioning (6)

3. Set the temperature control to the

to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.

Push the A/C button to turn the sys-

desired position.

tem on (indicator light will illuminate) 4. Set the fan speed control to the

· Do not sleep in your vehicle or and off.

desired speed.

remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost

mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

3-87

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to recirculation mode. Return the control to Fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.

NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips System Maintenance

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-

· If the vehicle has been parked in Cabin air filter direct sunlight during hot weather,

es, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and

· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.

compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air con-

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also

· To help reduce moisture inside of

reduces the performance of the air

the windows on rainy or humid

conditioning system.

days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows closed.

OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower

Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.

[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.

NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

3-89

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R1234yf
Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable and operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.

Air Conditioning refrigerant label Example

OBU088008N
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood.

OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on the
air conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to service air conditioning system
7. Service manual

3-90

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

3
1. Temperature control knob 2. Fan speed control knob 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. Air conditioning button 5. OFF button 6. Mode selection button 7. Climate control information button 8. Front windshield defroster button 9. Rear window defroster button 10. Air intake control button
OJS048301L
3-91

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic Temperature Control Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button (3).
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.
2. Turn the temperature control knob (1) to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
3-92

The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72°F (22°C).
To change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F:
- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF buttons on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.

OBU048039N
NOTICE
Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual Temperature Control

1. Start the engine.

When starting the vehicle in cold

Mode
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing

2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of

weather a more efficient way to heat the passenger compartment is to do
the following.

buttons other than the AUTO button. heating and cooling, select the · Turn off or lower the blower, right

In this case, the system works mode according to the following:

after starting the engine.

sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.

- Heating: - Cooling:

· Engine temperature is still low and the air flow from the heater is still

When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode or Recirculation mode position.

cold.
· After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature setting to hot.

5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.

3-93

Convenient features of your vehicle Mode selection

The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:

Face-Level (B, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D) Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
OJSN048304
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
3-94

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D)

Instrument panel vents

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Temperature control (1)

Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease temperature.

The temperature will increase or

decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incre-

mental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air condi-

tioning will operate continuously.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Floor-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D) (8)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

OJSN048306
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the "click-to-close" type.
To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following:
- For the driver side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks.
- For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks.

Air intake control (10)
The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

3-95

Convenient features of your vehicle

Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Fan speed control (2) The fan speed can be set as desired by pushing the fan speed control button. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
i Information
For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the engine is running.

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (4)

System Operation

Push the A/C button to manually turn Cooling / Ventilation

WARNING

the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.

1. Select the Face Level

mode.

2. Set the air intake control to fresh

· Continued use of the climate control system operation in

mode.

Recirculation mode for a pro-

OFF mode (5)
Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position.

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

longed period of time may

cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This

may lead to loss of vehicle

control which may lead to an

accident.

Heating

· Continued use of the climate

1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.

control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin.

3. Set the temperature control to the

This may cause condensation

desired position.

to accumulate on the wind-

4. Set the fan speed control to the

shield and obscure visibility.

desired speed.

· Do not sleep in your vehicle or

5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost

mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

3-97

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to the to Fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum initial cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.

NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.

3-98

· To help reduce moisture inside of System Maintenance

the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside

Cabin air filter

If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

the vehicle by operating the air

Convenient features of your vehicle

conditioning system with the windows closed.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and

· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per-

compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is

formance.

low, the performance of the air con-

· If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.

and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the

Therefore, if abnormal operation is OIK047401L found, have the system inspected by

windshield to fog up, causing loss [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to

[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core

NOTICE

the

position and fan speed

control to the lower speed.

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the The cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or

It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

rough roads, more frequent cabin air

filter inspections and changes are

required.

3-99

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant label Example

OBU088008N
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood.

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING

· For maximum defrost perform- Manual Climate Control System ance, set the temperature control

Windshield heating

knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the

Do not use the or position during cooling operation in

right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting.

extremely humid weather. The · If warm air to the floor is desired

difference between the temper-

while defrosting or defogging, set the

ature of the outside air and that

mode to the floor-defrost position.

of the windshield could cause

the outer surface of the wind-

shield to fog up, causing loss of

visibility could cause an acci-

dent resulting in serious injury

or death. In this case, set the

mode selection knob or button

to the

position and fan

speed control knob or button to

a lower speed.

· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.

OJS048307N
To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except "0"
position. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Select the or position.

NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.

4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the position.
Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If the A/C ON LED is not illuminated, press the A/C button once to turn the air conditioner ON.

3-101

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).

Automatic Temperature Control System (if equipped)

OJS048308N
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest setting (knob rotated all the way to the right).
2. Set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting.
3. Select the position.
4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF) and A/C ON will automatically be selected.

OJS048309
To defog inside windshield
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).
If the position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.

OJS048310
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

3-102

Convenient features of your vehicle

Defogging logic

Automatic climate control system Rear Window Defroster

To reduce the probability of fogging 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON NOTICE

up the inside of the windshield, the position.

air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.

To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to

Manual climate control system

The Automatic Temperature Control clean the window. information screen will blink 3 times

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON to indicate that the defogging logic If you want to defrost and defog

position.

has been disabled.

the front windshield, refer to the

2. Press the defroster button ( ). Repeat the steps again to re-enable "Windshield Defrosting and

3. Press the air intake control button the defogging logic.

Defogging" section in this chapter.

at least 5 times within 3 seconds.

The LED indicator on the A/C ON button will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

3-103

Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual climate control system
OJS048302N Automatic climate control system
OJS048303
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the engine is running.

· To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located on the climate control instrument panel display. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
· To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
i Information
· If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
· The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.
Side view mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED)
Automatic Ventilation
When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running and temperature is below 59°F (15°C) with the recirculation mode selected more than five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to fresh mode.
To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is on, press the mode selection button and the recirculation mode button five times within three seconds.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the Recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the Recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.

3-104

Convenient features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING

Center Console Storage

Glove Box

Never store cigarette lighters,

propane cylinders, or other

flammable/explosive materials

in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem-

peratures for extended periods.

WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

OJSN048040
To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.

To open: Pull the lever (1).

OJS048041

WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use.
An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.

3-105

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunglass Holder
OOS047058
To open: Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.

WARNING
· Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
· Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.
· Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.

3-106

Convenient features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES

Cup Holder
Front
Rear

WARNING

NOTICE

· Keep your drinks sealed while

· Avoid abrupt starting and

driving to prevent spilling your

braking when the cup holder

drink. If liquid spills, it may get

is in use to prevent spilling

into the vehicle's electrical/elec-

your drink. If hot liquid spills,

tronic system and damage elec-

you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause

trical/electronic parts. · When cleaning spilled liquids do

loss of vehicle control result-

not use hot air to blow out or dry

ing in an accident.

the cup holder. This may dam-

· Do not place uncovered or

age the interior.

unsecured cups, bottles,

OJSN048042

cans, etc., in the cup holder

containing hot liquid while the

vehicle is in motion. Injuries

may result in the event of a

sudden stop or collision.

· Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

OJSN048043
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.

WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.

3-107

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunvisor

NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.

Power Outlet

WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.

OAEE046511N
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2) towards the window.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets (if equipped).

NOTICE
Do not put multiple tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.

OBU040045
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.

3-108

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

· Some electronic devices can USB charger cause electronic interference

when plugged into a vehicle's

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not

power outlet. These devices may

place your fingers or foreign

cause excessive audio static

objects (pin, etc.) into a power

and malfunctions in other elec-

outlet or touch the power outlet

tronic systems or devices used

with a wet hand.

in your vehicle.

· Push the plug in as far as it will

NOTICE

go. If good contact is not made,

To prevent damage to the Power Outlets :
· Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
· Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
· Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
· Close the cover when not in use.

the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
· Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

OJSN048046
The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged when the ignition switch is in the ACC/ON position.
Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a tablet PC.
The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.

3-109

Convenient features of your vehicle

· A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.
· The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media in the infotainment system.

Clock
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death.
Vehicles with display audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system Select [Date/Time]. · Set time: Set the time displayed on
the audio screen. · Time format: Choose between 12-
hour and 24-hour time formats.

Clothes Hanger
OJS048056
These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

WARNING

The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.

· Ensure to remove a protective

film attached on the carpet before attaching a floor mat

on the front floor carpet.

Otherwise, the floor mat may

move freely on the protective

film and it could result in

OJS048057
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets.

OJSN048138
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

unintentional braking or accelerating.
· Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.

In an accident or when the cur-

· Do not use ANY floor mat that

tain air bag is inflated, it may

WARNING

cannot be firmly attached to

cause vehicle damage or per-

the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

sonal injury.

Do not overlay additional mats

· Do not stack floor mats on top

or liners over the floor mats. If

of one another (e.g. all-weath-

using All Weather mats, remove

er rubber mat on top of a car-

the carpeted floor mats before

peted floor mat). Only a single

installing them. Only use floor

floor mat should be installed

mats designed to connect to the

in each position.

anchors.

3-111

Convenient features of your vehicle

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

Cargo Area Cover

NOTICE
Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or deformed, do not put luggage on it when it is being used.

OBU048049N
Use the cover to hide items stored in the cargo area.
The cargo area cover will lift when the liftgate is opened.
Disconnect the strap (1) from the holder if you want to return the cover to the original position. To remove the cargo area cover completely, lift the cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it out (2).

WARNING
· Do not place objects on the cargo area cover while driving. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.
· Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
· Maintain balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as far forward as possible.

3-112

Infotainment System
Infotainment System..............................................4-2 USB Port ..............................................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4 Display Audio System.......................................................4-4
4

Infotainment System

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.
· Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.

USB Port

Antenna

OJSN040055
You can use a USB port to plug in a USB.

OJSN048050
The roof antenna receives transmitted data. (For example : AM/FM)

i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.

4-2

Infotainment System

Steering Wheel Audio Control SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

MODE (3)

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes:

Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.
MUTE ( ) (4)

RADIO mode

· Press the MUTE button to mute the

It will function as the AUTO SEEK sound.

select button. It will SEEK until you · Press the MUTE button again to

release the button.

activate the sound.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/RW button. i Information

OJSN048052

Detailed information for audio control

NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode

buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.

It will function as the PRESET STA-

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)

TION UP/DOWN button.

· Press the VOLUME switch up to increase volume.
· Press the VOLUME switch down to decrease volume.

MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button.

4-3

Infotainment System
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free

(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the Car Infotainment User's Manual.

Display Audio System
Detailed information for the display audio system is described in the Car Infotainment User's Manual.

OPDEN047422

OOS047076
With the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology in the vehicle, you can use the phone wireless.
4-4

Driving your vehicle

Before driving .......................................................5-4 Electronic control suspension (ECS).................5-46

Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4

Electronic limited slip differential ....................5-47

Before Starting ..................................................................5-4

Warning messages ..........................................................5-48

Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-6

Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............5-49

Ignition switch .......................................................5-6

DRIVE MODE button.......................................................5-49

Manual transmission ..........................................5-12

N button.............................................................................5-51

Manual Transmission Operation .................................5-12

NGS (N Grin Shift) .........................................................5-52

Good Driving Practices .................................................5-14

Vehicle characteristic.....................................................5-54

Rev matching....................................................................5-15

Performance option.............................................5-56

Dual clutch transmission ...................................5-19

Performance option settings .......................................5-56

Dual clutch transmission operation ...........................5-19

Launch Control ..............................................................5-56

DCT warning messages..................................................5-21

Shift Indicator ...............................................................5-59

Parking ...............................................................................5-29

N Track Sense Shift

Good driving practices ..................................................5-29

(For Dual Clutch Transmission) ..................................5-61

Braking system ...................................................5-31

N Power Shift (For Dual Clutch Transmission) ........5-62

Power Brakes ...................................................................5-31

Declaration of conformity ..................................5-63

High Performance Brake...............................................5-32

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-32

(Front view camera only) ...................................5-64

Parking Brake .................................................................5-33

System settings ...............................................................5-65

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-34

System operation ............................................................5-67

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-36

System malfunction and limitations ...........................5-70

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-42 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-44 Good Braking Practices ................................................5-44

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) .................................5-77 System settings ..............................................................5-77 System operation ............................................................5-79

System malfunction and limitations ...........................5-81

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...............5-84 System settings ...............................................................5-85 System operation ............................................................5-87 System malfunction and limitations ...........................5-89
Driver Attention Warning (DAW).......................5-94 System settings ..............................................................5-95 System operation ............................................................5-96 System malfunction and limitations ...........................5-98
CRUISE CONTROL (CC)......................................5-102 System operation..........................................................5-102 Increase setting speed.................................................5-103 Temporary speed increase ........................................5-103
5 Lane Following Assist (LFA) ...........................5-107 System settings .............................................................5-107 System operation..........................................................5-108 System malfunction and limitations .........................5-111
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ................................................5-112
System settings .............................................................5-113 System operation..........................................................5-114 System malfunction and limitations .........................5-116

Special driving conditions.................................5-120 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-120 Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-120 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-121 Driving at Night .............................................................5-121 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-121 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-122 Highway Driving ............................................................5-122
Winter driving.....................................................5-123 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-123 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-126
Vehicle load limit................................................5-128 Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-129
Trailer Towing.....................................................5-133

WARNING

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If

you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the

vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

Driving your vehicle

5-3

Driving your vehicle
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle
· Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
· Remove frost, snow, or ice.
· Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
· Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
· Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting
· Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and side view mirrors.
· Verify all the lights work.
· Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seatbelts.
· Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.

5-4

WARNING

You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

NEVER drink or take drugs and

take drugs and drive. If you are

INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- drive.

drinking or taking drugs, don't

lowing precautions:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehi-

Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.

cle is moving. For more details, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a

· Always drive defensively.

small amount of alcohol will

Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and

affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one

make mistakes.

drink can reduce your ability to

· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.

respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving

under the influence of alcohol.

Driving your vehicle

5-5

Driving your vehicle
IGNITION SWITCH Engine Start/Stop Button
OJS058001
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.

WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
· NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems.

This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
· NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

5-6

Engine Start/Stop button positions - Vehicle with manual transmission

Button Position

Action

OFF

To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle and then press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Notice

Not illuminated ACC

Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the

button is in the OFF position without depress- ACC position for more than one hour, the bat-

ing the clutch pedal.

tery power will turn off automatically to prevent

Electrical accessories are usable.

the battery from discharging.

Driving your vehicle

Orange indicator 5-7

Driving your vehicle

- Vehicle with manual transmission

Button Position

Action

Notice

Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in

in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position for more than one hour, the

clutch pedal.

battery power will turn off automatically to

The warning lights can be checked before prevent the battery from discharging.

the engine is started.

Blue indicator START

To start the engine, depress the clutch and brake pedals and press the Engine Start/ Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the clutch pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:
OFF ACC ON OFF

Not illuminated 5-8

Starting the engine

i Information

Vehicle with manual transmission:

WARNING

· The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when

1. Always carry the smart key with you.

· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the

the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
· When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any

2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.

brake and accelerator pedals.

door is open, the system checks for 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

· Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.

the smart key. If the smart key is not ton.

in the vehicle, the " " indicator

will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all

i Information

doors are closed, the chime will also Depress the brake pedal and clutch

· Wait until the engine rpm is

sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the pedal until the engine starts.

normal. The vehicle may sud-

smart key in the vehicle when using

denly move if the brake pedal

the ACC position or if the vehicle

is released when the rpm is

engine is ON.

high.

Driving your vehicle

5-9

Driving your vehicle

i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp switch fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine.

Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting the engine.
If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger.
2. After high speed or extended driving that requires heavy engine load, idle the engine about 1 minute before turning the engine off. This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.
NOTICE
Do not turn off the engine immediately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbocharger.

5-10

OJS058005
i Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.

Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the clutch and brake pedals at the same time.
2. With the clutch and brake pedals depressed, put the shift lever in neutral.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the off position and apply the parking brake.

5
5-11

Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
The shift lever can be moved without Pulling the ring (1). The ring (1) must be pulled up while moving the shift lever.
OBU058120

Manual Transmission Operation
The manual transmission has 6 forward gears. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the vehicle has completely stopped, and then move the shift lever to neutral before moving into R (Reverse).
When you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st gear or R (Reverse): 1. Put the shift lever in neutral and
release the clutch pedal. 2. Depress the clutch pedal, and
then shift into 1 (First) or R (Reverse) gear.
i Information
During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up.

5-12

Using the clutch

NOTICE

Downshifting

The clutch pedal should be depressed all the way before:
- Starting the engine
The engine will not start without depressing the clutch pedal.
- Shifting into gear, up shifting to the next higher gear, or down shifting to the next lower gear.

To prevent unnecessary wear or damage to the clutch:
· Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
· Do not hold the vehicle with the clutch on an incline, while waiting for the traffic light, etc.
· Always depress the clutch pedal

Down shift to a lower gear when slowing down in heavy traffic or driving up a steep hill to prevent high engine loads.
Also, downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and helps reaccelerate the vehicle when you need to increase your speed.
When the vehicle is going downhill,

down fully to prevent noise or downshifting helps maintain safe

When releasing the clutch pedal, damage.

speed by providing engine braking

release it slowly. The clutch pedal · Do not depress the clutch pedal (brake power from the engine) and

should always be fully released while again until it is fully released.

results in less wear on the brakes.

driving.

· Do not start with the 2nd gear

engaged except when you start

on a slippery road.

· Do not drive with cargo loaded more than required loading capacity.

Driving your vehicle

5-13

Driving your vehicle

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine, clutch and transmission:
· When downshifting from 5th gear to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever sideways engaging the 2nd gear. A drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point the tachometer will enter the redzone and may cause engine, clutch and the transmission damage.
· Do not downshift more than two gear at a time or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher).
Such down shifting may damage the engine, clutch and the transmission.

Good Driving Practices
· Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely dangerous.
· Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause the brakes and related parts to overheat and malfunction.
When you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. Engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
· Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage.
· Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
· Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you shift into R (Reverse) to prevent damage to the transmission.

· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use aggressive engine braking (shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.

5-14

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

Rev matching
The Rev Matching system automatically helps synchronize engine rpm with the optimal speed of the gear about to be engaged which reduces the impact of clutch connection and improves gear shift response.

i Information

· Fully depress the clutch pedal.

Without the clutch pedal fully

depressed, the system may not

response correctly. · The system does not operate when

backing up.

· Rev Matching controls the engine speed up to the rev limit, but the function cannot prevent overrevving caused by shifting mistake.

Driving your vehicle

5-15

Driving your vehicle Rev Matching activation

DRIVE MODE button

REV indicator

OPDEN047435
1. Press REV button (ON/OFF) · Press the REV button to turn on
the system. A message appears "Rev Matching On" with a REV indicator on the cluster LCD display. · Press the REV button again to turn off the system. A message appears "Rev Matching Off" and the REV indicator disappears.
5-16

OPDEN057494

OPDEN047447

2. Select Drive Mode.

DRIVE MODE button

Use Rev Matching in normal driving conditions in below modes.

· When ECO mode is selected:

- Rev Matching cannot be activated even if the driver presses the REV button.

- REV indicator is off.

· When NORMAL mode is selected:

- Rev Matching activates if Rev Matching is turned on by the REV button.

- White REV indicator illuminates.

- Engine rpm response during gear shift is smooth.

· When SPORT mode is selected:

- Rev Matching activates if Rev Matching is turned on by the REV button.

- Yellow REV indicator illuminates.

- Engine rpm response is faster than NORMAL mode.

The system must be turned on by pressing the REV button whenever the engine is turned on.

N button

REV indicator

Rev Matching operation
Engine speed is automatically synchronized with the next selected gear. The accelerator pedal does not have to be depressed to speed up the engine rpm.

Driving your vehicle

· Clutch depressed with the gear engaged

At once, engine speed automatically

OPDEN057495

OPDEN047447 decreases right after the clutch is

N button Use Rev Matching when driving on race tracks, etc. in N mode.

disengaged, but the selected gear is

fixed and then the engine rpm reverts to the selected gear's target

· When N mode (SPORT+) is selected:

speed. This operation method gives

- REV Matching is turned on automatically. To turn off Rev Matching, press the REV button.

more comfortable feeling in public road driving.

- Red REV indicator illuminates.
- Engine speed is automatically adjusted to the shifted gear without the accelerator pedal depressed.
- Engine rpm response is faster than SPORT mode when downshifting with heavy braking such as when driving on a race track.
· When CUSTOM mode is selected:

· Upshifting
Engine speed will automatically decrease and stay at the target engine speed before the clutch is engaged.

- You may select the drive mode you prefer from the display audio screen Custom setting page. (OFF/NORMAL/SPORT/SPORT+).
For more details on "Custom Mode" refer to the Audio manual in chapter 4 or the separately supplied Multimedia manual.

· Downshifting
Engine speed will automatically increase and stay at the target engine speed.

5-17

Driving your vehicle Warning message
OBU048140N
Downshift Alert. Downshifting at high RPMs may result in engine damage If transmission input rpm is too high (over rev limit) due to shifting, a warning message will appear and a warning chime will sound.
5-18

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Shift lever

Dual clutch transmission operation
The dual clutch transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

· ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into D

(Drive) or R (Reverse).

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever. Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can freely operate.

OBU059127

To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still.

· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, the set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.

Driving your vehicle

5-19

Driving your vehicle

· When using Manual Shift Mode, use caution when shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.
· To avoid damage to your transmission, do not try to accelerate with the shift lever in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brake engaged.
· When stopped on a slope, do not hold the vehicle with accelerator pedal. Engage the service brake or the parking brake.
5-20

· The Dual Clutch Transmission gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can be felt (and heard) on the dual clutch transmission.
- Think of it as an automatically shifting manual transmission.
- Shift into Drive range and get fully automatic shifting, similar to a conventional automatic transmission.
· Dual clutch transmission adopts wet-type dual clutch, which is different from torque converter of automatic transmission, and shows better acceleration performance during driving. But, initial launch might be little bit slower than Automatic Transmission.
· The wet-type clutch transfers torque and provides a direct driving feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission with a torque converter. This may be more noticeable when starting from a stop or low vehicle speed.

· When rapidly accelerating at low vehicle speed, engine could rev at high rpm depending on vehicle drive condition.
· For smooth launch uphill, press down the accelerator pedal smoothly depending on the current conditions.
· If you release your foot from the accelerator pedal at low vehicle speed, you may feel strong engine brake, which is similar to manual transmission.
· When driving downhill, you may use Sports Mode to downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively.
· When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a self test. This is a normal sound for the Dual Clutch Transmission.
· Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving.

NOTICE
· Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving.

DCT warning messages Steep grade

· If the vehicle is held on a hill by applying the accelerator pedal or by creeping with brake pedal disengaged, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display.

WARNING

· If the LCD warning is active, the foot brake must be applied.

Due to transmission failure, you may not continue to drive and

· Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission.

the position indicator (D, P) on

the instrument cluster will blink.

OAD058175N

We recommend that you contact

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer This warning message is displayed

and have the system checked.

when vehicle is driven slowly on a

grade and the vehicle detects that

the brake pedal is not applied.

Steep grade

Driving up hills or on steep grades:

· To hold the vehicle on an incline use the foot brake or the parking brake.

· When in stop-and-go traffic on an incline, keep some distance ahead before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake.

Driving your vehicle

5-21

Driving your vehicle

Transmission high temperature
OJS058139L
· Under certain conditions, such as repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. Finally the clutch in transmission could be overheated.
· When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages and the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime. At this time, "Transmission temperature is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth.
5-22

· If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
· If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the normal driving condition, stop the vehicle and apply the foot brake or shift into P (Park). Then allow the transmission to cool for a few minutes with engine on, before driving off.
· When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

Transmission overheated
OJS058137L/OJS058140L
OAD058177N
· If the vehicle continues to be driven and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission hot! Park with engine On" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch is disabled until the clutch cools to normal temperatures.

· The warning will display a time to Transmission ranges

wait for the transmission to cool.

The indicator in the instrument clus-

WARNING

· If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
· When the message "Transmission cooled down. Resume driving" appears you can continue to drive your vehicle.
· When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal. If you have done all of the above

· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
· After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.
· When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling down.

If any of the warning messages in and still cannot shift the lever out · For safety, always engage the

the LCD display continue to blink, for of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock

parking brake with the shift

your safety, we recommend you con- Release" in this chapter.

lever in the P (Park) position

tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.

except for the case of emergency parking.

· Do not use the P (Park) posi-

tion in place of the parking

brake.

Driving your vehicle

5-23

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are not engaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason.

WARNING
· Do not shift gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.
· Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and may lead to an accident.
CAUTION
Always park the vehicle in P (Park) for safety and engage the parking brake.

D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
To stop the vehicle during driving, Please depress brake pedal fully to prevent unintended movement.

5-24

WARNING

NOTICE

Always make sure the vehicle is · Do not shift into gear unless stationary, at a complete stop,

your foot is firmly on the before selecting D (Drive).

brake pedal. Shifting into gear

when the engine is running at

high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly.

- (DOWN)

You may lose control of the

vehicle and cause accidents.
· Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and may lead to an accident.

+ (UP)
OBU059128
Manual shift mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or 5

in motion, manual shift mode is

selected by pushing the shift lever

from the D (Drive) position into the

manual gate. To return to D (Drive)

range operation, push the shift lever

back into the main gate.

Manual shift mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance.

Driving your vehicle

5-25

Driving your vehicle

In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions.
M : Drive mode is shifted to manual shift mode when shifting lever is operated at M stage.
Up (+) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.
Down (-) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.

i Information
· If the driver presses the lever to +(Up) or (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.
· In manual shift mode, only the 8 forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required, and only when the vehicle is stopped and not moving.
· In manual shift mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
· To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety, the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated.
· In manual shift mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

NOTICE
While stopping the vehicle by applying parking brake in D gear, even if you release the parking brake, the vehicle may not move. In this case, you can drive the vehicle by applying the foot brake and release, applying the accelerator or shifting the lever (D N D).

5-26

Paddle shifter (if equipped)

With the shift lever in the D position
The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 10km/h.

With the shift lever in the manual shift mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear.

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode.

In the manual shift mode (+, -) position, even when the engine reaches full speed, it does not shift automatically.

When the vehicle speed is lower

than 10km/h, if you depress the i Information

OBU059129
The paddle shifter is functional when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position or the manual shift mode.

accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you move the shift lever from D (Drive) to manual shift mode and move it from manual shift mode to D (Drive) again, the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode.

If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.

When the engine reaches maximum rpm in manual shift mode by paddle shifting at shift lever D (driving) position, the shift is automatically performed.

Driving your vehicle

5-27

Driving your vehicle

Shift-lock system
For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following:

6. Depress the brake pedal, and the restart the engine.
If you need to use the shift-lock release, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.
Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING
Always fully depress the brake pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the vehicle.

OJS058007
1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Push the shift-lock release button (1).
4. Move the shift lever while pushing the shift-lock release button.
5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release button.

5-28

Parking

Good driving practices

· Always apply the parking brake

Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake,

· Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.

when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

· Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a

WARNING

· Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift

slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the

into R (Revers) or D (Drive).

drive wheels to lose traction and

When you stay in the vehicle · Never take the vehicle out of gear may cause loss of vehicle control

with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.

and coast down a hill. Always leave the vehicle in gear when moving.
· Do not "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down

resulting in an accident.
· Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

The exhaust gas and the

and shift to a lower gear. When you

exhaust system are very hot.

do this, engine braking will help

Keep away from the exhaust

slow the car.

system components.

· When driving in manual shift mode,

Do not stop or park over flam-

slow down before shifting to a

mable materials, such as dry

lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

grass, paper or leaves. They

gear may not be engaged if the

may ignite and cause a fire.

engine rpms are outside of the

allowable range.

Driving your vehicle

5-29

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· When driving uphill or downhill, always shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or shift to R (Reverse) for driving rearwards. After selecting D (Drive) or R (Reverse), check the gear position indicated on the cluster before driving. If you drive in the opposite direction of the selected gear, the engine will turn off and a serious accident might occur due to degraded brake performance.
· Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.

· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

WARNING
If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., you may attempt to free the vehicle by rocking it back and forth. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near. Vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.

5-30

BRAKING SYSTEM

Power Brakes

WARNING

· Wet brakes may impair the

Your vehicle has power-assisted

vehicle's ability to safely slow

brakes that adjust automatically Take the following precautions:

down; the vehicle may also

through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.

· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
· When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the

pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Applying

the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been

affected in this way. Always

test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep

water. To dry the brakes, light-

ly tap the brake pedal to heat

up the brakes while maintain-

ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to

normal. Avoid driving at high

speeds until the brakes func-

tion correctly.

Pump the brake pedal only when

brakes continuously will

necessary to maintain steering con-

cause the brakes to overheat

trol on slippery surfaces.

and could result in a tempo-

rary loss of braking perform-

ance.

Driving your vehicle

5-31

Driving your vehicle

High Performance Brake
As this vehicle is equipped with the High Performance Brake (largediameter brakes for enhanced braking performance), noise such as a squeal, squeak or groan is generated while braking. This is normal and the friction may create circle patterns on the disc surface. This is also a normal situation which does not affect braking performance.
NOTICE
· Occasional brake noise is normal. If a continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake lining may be worn-out. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
Frequent speeding and braking may deform components and wear the disc brake causing vibration when braking. Prevent brake damage by avoiding excessive braking.
Brake wear, noise, vibration from excessive braking or deformation of the brakes caused by repeatedly braking in high speed, racing on tracks, etc. can be excluded from warranty coverage.

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.

5-32

Parking Brake

WARNING

Driving your vehicle

· Whenever leaving the vehicle

or parking, always come to a

complete stop and continue

to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the

1st gear when the vehicle is

parked on a uphill and in R

(Reverse) on a downhill, then

OJSN058011

apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in

OJSN078013
Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the parking brake: Firmly depress the brake pedal.

To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
While pressing the release button (1), slightly pull up on the parking brake lever then lower the parking brake lever (2).

the LOCK/OFF position.

Vehicles with the parking

brake not fully engaged are at

risk for moving inadvertently

and causing injury to yourself

or others.

Pull up the parking brake lever as far as possible.

If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, have

· When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent

WARNING

your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

the vehicle from rolling down. · NEVER allow anyone who is

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could

unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.

damage the brake system and

lead to an accident.

5-33

Driving your vehicle

· Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE · Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur. · Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
5-34

Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.

· Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.

Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake sys-

wheels, you may hear sounds from tem may result in a longer stopping

ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.

distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the igni-

ABS does not reduce the time or dis- tion switch is in the ON position.

tance it takes to stop the vehicle.

During that time, the ABS will go

Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden

through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible

lane change. Always drive at a safe

speed for the road and weather con-

ditions.

Driving your vehicle

5-35

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

5-36

ESC operation

When operating

· When moving out of the mud or

ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds and goes off, then the ESC is turned on. (After a

When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:
· When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This

driving on a slippery road, the engine rpm (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.

new ignition cycle, the ESC ON is normal and it means your ESC is

mode is always activated (default active.

setting).)

· When the ESC operates, the

engine may not respond to the

You may select between the following state of ESC:

accelerator as it does under routine conditions.

· ESC NORMAL activated (ESC ON)
· ESC SPORT activated (ESC SPORT indicator illuminates)

· If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road condi-

· ESC deactivated (ESC OFF indi- tions allow. See "Cruise Control

cator illuminates)

System" later in this chapter. (if

equipped)

Driving your vehicle

5-37

Driving your vehicle

Deactivating / Activating ESC

OBU058012N

You may select between the following state of ESC:
· ESC NORMAL activated
· ESC SPORT activated (ESC SPORT indicator illuminates)
· ESC deactivated (ESC OFF indicator illuminates)

Press the ESC OFF

button shortly

ESC NORMAL

ESC SPORT

Press and hold the ESC OFF button for ESC NORMAL over 3 seconds
ESC SPORT

ESC OFF

Press the ESC OFF

button shortly

ESC OFF

ESC NORMAL

5-38

WARNING
· If you deactivate ESC, ESC no longer stabilizes the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.
· When ESC SPORT mode is activated, the stability support from ESC will be less than in "ESC ON mode", there is a greater risk of skidding and an accident.
Only deactivate ESC or activate ESC SPORT in the situations described in the following.

In the following situations, it may be better to activate ESC SPORT or deactivate ESC (ESC OFF): · When using snow chains · Driving in deep snow · Driving in sand or gravel · Driving on specially designed
roads where oversteering and understeering characteristics are desired
We recommend only qualified and experienced drivers to drive the vehicle with the ESC deactivated or ESC SPORT activated.
CAUTION
After the above situations are over, activate ESC immediately. If not, the vehicle can be unstable due to vehicle slip or wheel spin.

· To deactivate ESC SPORT mode To deactivate ESC (ESC OFF)

OPDEN047448

Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
The ESC SPORT indicator light will go off on the cluster LCD display.

Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.

ESC SPORT · To activate ESC SPORT mode Press the ESC OFF button briefly.

To activate the ESC again, briefly

press the ESC OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator light will go off.

Driving your vehicle

The ESC SPORT indicator light illuminates on the cluster LCD display.

In this state, ESC only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree.

When ESC SPORT mode is activated:

- ESC only improves driving stability to a limited degree.

- Traction control is still activated, but with less wheel control (more slip).

- Engine torque can partially be limited for the vehicle's stability and the driving wheel spin may be restricted for better traction.

5-39

Driving your vehicle

Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)

The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

WARNING

ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.

WARNING
Don't use ESC SPORT mode or ESC OFF while using a mini spare tire or a tire repair kit is in use!

5-40

ESC OFF usage

NOTICE

Drive mode selection

When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press

To prevent damage to the transmission:
· Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be cov-

When the ESC is on, the characteristic of ESC varies according to which drive mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE or N button on the steering wheel.

Mode button

Selected Characteristic

mode

of ESC

the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.

ered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are dis-

ECO mode

DRIVE MODE NORMAL

button

mode

NORMAL NORMAL

played. · When operating the vehicle on a

SPORT mode NORMAL

N mode

SPORT

dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

N button

N CUSTOM NORMAL/

mode

SPORT/OFF

i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter.

Driving your vehicle

5-41

Driving your vehicle

CUSTOM mode
You may select the drive mode you prefer from the display audio screen.
· Select CUSTOM mode by pressing the N button on the steering wheel. The display audio screen will display the CUSTOM mode menu. From the CUSTOM mode menu, select 'ESC NORMAL / SPORT / OFF'.
· You may directly go to the CUSTOM mode menu by touching the display audio screen.
For more details, refer to the display audio manual.

OBU048141N
When ESC is turned off or on from the CUSTOM mode, you may not turn OFF/ON the system with the ESC OFF button. If the ESC OFF button is pressed, a message "ESC disabled in CUSTOM mode settings. Hold flag button 3 sec to acknowledge" will appear on the cluster LCD display. You may change the state of ESC (NORMAL, SPORT, OFF) from the CUSTOM mode.

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM):
· ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
· Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.

5-42

VSM operation VSM ON condition

When operating When you apply your brakes under

WARNING

The VSM operates when:
· The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.

conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on a banked road such

If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

as gradient or incline. · Driving rearward.

Driving with wheels and tires with dif-
ferent sizes may cause the ESC sys- 5

· ESC OFF indicator light is on.

tem to malfunction. Before replacing

· EPS (Electric Power Steering) tires, make sure all four tires and

warning light ( ) is on or wheels are the same size. Never

blinks.

drive the vehicle with different sized

tires and wheels installed.

Driving your vehicle

5-43

Driving your vehicle

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
· The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in N (Neutral).
· The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.

Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.

5-44

Keep your foot firmly on the brake NOTICE

· Under some conditions your

pedal when the vehicle is stopped to

parking brake can freeze in the

prevent the vehicle from rolling for- · Be cautious when parking on a engaged position. This is most

ward.

hill. Firmly engage the parking likely to happen when there is

brake and place the shift lever in an accumulation of snow or ice

WARNING

the 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R

around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there

Brake override system

(Reverse) on a downhill. If your vehicle is facing downhill, steer

is a risk of brake freezing, apply the brake temporarily while you

The system assists safe decel-

the front wheels to the curb to put the shift lever in the 1st gear

eration by reducing the engine

help prevent the vehicle from when the vehicle is parked on a

power when the accelerator

rolling. If your vehicle is facing uphill and in R (Reverse) on a

pedal is jammed or stuck and

uphill, turn the front wheels downhill and block the rear

when you continue depressing

away from the curb to help pre- wheels so the vehicle cannot

the brake pedal.

vent the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking 5

However, the system is deactivated when ESC is OFF in N mode. When the system is dis-

there is no curb or if the vehicle has to be kept from rolling due to conditions block the wheels.

brake.
· Do not hold the vehicle on the incline with the accelerator

abled, the brake distance may

pedal. This can cause the trans-

be longer than when the system

mission to overheat. Always use

is activated.

the brake pedal or parking

brake.

Driving your vehicle

5-45

Driving your vehicle

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS)

The Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) controls the vehicle suspension automatically to maximize driving comfort by taking into account the driving conditions such as speed, surface of the road, cornering, stopping requirements and acceleration.

System malfunction

OBU048142N
Check Electronic Suspension
If the ECS warning message comes on, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-46

ELECTRONIC LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (IF EQUIPPED)

Electronic Limited Slip Differential Drive mode selection

CUSTOM mode

refers to a feature equipped with a mechanism that controls the differential functions of the wheels.
The Electronic Limited Slip Differential helps:

The characteristic of e-LSD varies according to which drive mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE or N button on the steering wheel.

You may select the drive mode you prefer from the display audio screen.
· Select CUSTOM mode by pressing the N button on the steering wheel. The display audio screen will dis-

- Improve handling performance when circling at high speed.

Mode button

Selected Characteristic

mode

of e-LSD

play the CUSTOM mode menu. From the CUSTOM mode menu,

- Improve launching performance.

ECO mode NORMAL

select 'e-LSD NORMAL/SPORT'.

- Prevent slipping on rainy or snowy roads due to dissimilar friction of the left and right wheels.

DRIVE MODE NORMAL

button

mode

NORMAL

· You may directly go to the CUSTOM mode menu by touching the display audio screen.

SPORT mode SPORT

For more details, refer to the dis-

WARNING

N mode

SPORT

play audio manual.

Never run wheels with one of them lifted by the jack. It is extremely dangerous for a vehicle equipped with Electronic Limited Slip Differential.

N button

N CUSTOM NORMAL/

mode

SPORT

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter.

Driving your vehicle

5-47

Driving your vehicle Warning messages

System malfunction

OBU048143N
Electronic Limited Slip Differential temporarily disabled due to overheating
Overheating of related parts will temporarily disable e-LSD. Wait until the vehicle cools down.

OBU048144N
Tire size mismatch. Check all tire sizes
If your vehicle is equipped with different tires (size, type, etc.) on the front, the message will appear. To use the Electronic Limited Slip Differential, equip the vehicle with the same tires on the front.

OBU048145N
Check Limited Slip Differential
If the Electronic Limited Slip Differential warning message comes on, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-48

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

DRIVE MODE button

The mode changes, whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to ECO mode, the engine and transmission control logic are changed to maximize fuel efficiency.
· When the ECO mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the ECO indicator will illuminate.

OPDEN057494
The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.
The system resets to be in the NORMAL mode, when the engine is restarted.

i Information

Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's

driving habit and road condition.
OPDEN047185L

Driving your vehicle

5-49

Driving your vehicle

When ECO mode is activated: · The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator pedal is depressed moderately. · The air conditioner performance may be limited. · The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated, to improve fuel efficiency.

Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even though there is no change in ECO indicator.
· When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal.
· When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because engine torque is restricted.
The system will be limited due to the shift location.
· When the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, judging that the driver wants to speed up.

SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driving performance.
· When SPORT mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the SPORT indicator will illuminate.
· When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

5-50

N button

The mode changes, whenever the N button is pressed.

N mode

N Custom mode

N mode
N mode selects the proper driving mode among SPORT and SPORT+ for each of the components that will effect the performance of a high-performance vehicle.

· When N mode is selected by pressing the N button, the N indicator will illuminate.

OPDEN057495
N mode or CUSTOM mode may be selected by pressing the N button.
The system resets to be in the NORMAL mode, when the engine is restarted.

· N mode (SPORT/SPORT+) man-

ages the driving dynamics by auto-

matically adjusting the steering

OPDEN047197/OPDEN047198

effort, and the engine and trans- 5
mission control logic for enhanced

driver performance.

· When N mode (SPORT/SPORT+) is activated:

- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator

- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating

NOTICE
In SPORT/SPORT+ mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

Driving your vehicle

5-51

Driving your vehicle

CUSTOM mode
In CUSTOM mode, the &86720 driver can select the drive
mode for each component they prefer on the display audio screen.
- Engine : NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+
- Transmission (for DCT) : NORMAL/SPORT/SPORT+ and CREEP START function*1 ON/ OFF (For DCT)
- Rev matching (for MT) :OFF/NORMAL/SPORT/SPORT+
- E-LSD (Electronic Limited Slip Differential) : NORMAL/SPORT
- Suspension : NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+
- Steering : NORMAL/SPORT/ SPORT+
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) : NORMAL/SPORT/OFF
- Exhaust sound : NORMAL/ SPORT/SPORT+

*1 CREEP START function (default setting ON) :
When OFF is set, vehicle will not start automatically even if the brake pedal is not pressed in D stop state.
For more details, refer to the separately supplied Multimedia manual.

NGS (N Grin Shift)
Controls engine / transmission to maximum performance when pressing NGS button on the steering wheel remote control in situations where rapid acceleration is required.

5-52

Functional description and operating conditions

N Grin Shift will turn off during oper- Activated ation or will not operate when:

Non-operating

· Changing Drive-mode during N Grin Shift operation

· Engine check light is on

· Transmission high temperature (overheating) lights on

· Transmission malfunction

· Shift lever is in P/ R/ N

OJSN050187

· Using N Grin Shift within 3 minutes after using the function for 20 seconds

OJSN040333/OBU050334N

CAUTION

When NGS button is pressed:
· Automatically shifts to the lowest allowable gear
(Automatic shifting is not performed in manual shift mode)
· Engine overboost operates when accelerating

· The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle when using N Grin Shift.
· Do not attempt dangerous driving while using N Grin Shift.

· N Grin Shift is available for 20 Seconds
· N Grin Shift can be reused 3 minutes later after using the function for 20 seconds

· It is recommended to use after vehicle break-in and continuous use of N Grin Shift can overload the vehicle components such as transmission, engine and drive shaft.

Driving your vehicle

5-53

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle characteristic
The characteristic of each components varies according to which drive mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE or N button on the steering wheel.

M/T

Component

Engine Engine & Driving Rev matching

ECO mode ECO

DRIVE MODE Button NORMAL mode SPORT mode

NORMAL

SPORT

OFF

NORMAL

SPORT

N Button

N mode SPORT+ SPORT+

CUSTOM mode
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+
OFF / NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

e-LSD *1

NORMAL

SPORT

NORMAL / SPORT

Chassis Sound

Suspension Steering ESC *2
Exhaust sound *3

NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
ECO

NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL

SPORT SPORT NORMAL SPORT

SPORT+ SPORT+ SPORT SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+
NORMAL / SPORT / OFF
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

The information provided may differ depending on which features are applicable to your vehicle.
*1 : Electronic Limited Slip Differential *2 : Electronic Stability Control *3 : a) The volume of the exhaust sound made by the exhaust gas flap (if equipped) changes according to the mode selected.
[Quietest] ECO/NORMAL mode < SPORT mode < N mode [Loudest] b) An exhaust crackle sound, to deliver emotional effect, is produced while driving when the accelerator pedal is released right after being depressed.
This exhaust sound effect will be heard when SPORT+ is selected for the Sound component. To turn it off, select NORMAL or SPORT for the Engine component in CUSTOM mode. c) Please be aware and be mindful when using exhaust sound system in SPORT+ mode as the pops and bangs can cause disturbance to your neighbors when using it in a crowded public area, closed parking spaces, and/or residential area. We strongly recommend to use it with consideration.
M/T : Manual Transmission
5-54

DCT

Component

Engine & Driving

Engine Transmission*4

DRIVE MODE Button ECO mode NORMAL mode SPORT mode

ECO

NORMAL

SPORT

ECO

NORMAL

SPORT

N Button

N mode SPORT+ SPORT+

CUSTOM mode
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

NGS Button (N Grin Shfit)
SPORT+
SPORT+

e-LSD *1

NORMAL

SPORT

NORMAL / SPORT

Suspension

Chassis

Steering

ESC *2

Sound Exhaust sound *3

NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
ECO

NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL

SPORT SPORT NORMAL SPORT

SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

Maintain mode

SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / before entering NGS SPORT+

SPORT SPORT+

NORMAL / SPORT / OFF
NORMAL / SPORT / SPORT+

SPORT+

*1 : Electronic Limited Slip Differential
*2 : Electronic Stability Control
*3 : a) The volume of the exhaust sound made by the exhaust gas flap (if equipped) changes according to the mode selected. [Quietest] ECO/NORMAL mode < SPORT mode < N mode [Loudest]
b) An exhaust crackle sound, to deliver emotional effect, is produced while driving when the accelerator pedal is released right after being depressed. This exhaust sound effect will be heard when SPORT+ is selected for the Sound component. To turn it off, select NORMAL or SPORT for the Engine component in CUSTOM mode.
c) Please be aware and be mindful when using exhaust sound system in SPORT+ mode as the pops and bangs can cause disturbance to your neighbors when using it in a crowded public area, closed parking spaces, and/or residential area. We strongly recommend to use it with consideration.
*4 : Automatic creep start function can be turned ON / OFF in CUSTOM setup menu.

DCT : Dual Clutch Transmission

Driving your vehicle

5-55

Driving your vehicle

PERFORMANCE OPTION (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION

Launch Control

Please note that using high performance exhaust sound in a crowded public area, closed parking spaces, and/or residential area can cause disturbance to your neighbors.

Performance option settings
1. Press `N mode' in Infotainment system home screen to go to N mode settings screen.
2. In the `N Mode' screen, press `Menu `Performance Options'. The Performance options settings screen will appear.

OJSN050210
Launch Control system controls the vehicle to reduce wheel spin or slip on a hard acceleration from a standing start.

Prerequisite for activation
Launch Control gets ready to be activated, when the following prerequisites are satisfied.
· The engine is warmed up.
· The driver's seatbelt is fastened.
· All doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
· The vehicle is at a complete stop.
· Malfunction warning lights related to the engine and ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off.
NOTICE
· Launch Control is intended for use at a closed race track and not intended for use on public roads. It will not compensate for driver's who are inexperienced or lack familiarity with the race track.
· Do not use Launch Control during break-in period of the vehicle.
· Constant use of Launch Control can put enormous stress on the vehicle resulting in premature wear of related components.

5-56

How to activate Launch Control Launch control on and off

7. While depressing the clutch pedal

(For Manual Transmission)

with your left foot, quickly and fully

1. Select N mode with `N' button (N mode indicator will illuminate on the cluster) or select SPORT+ for the engine mode in CUSTOM mode.
2. Check that the ESC mode is ESC SPORT or ESC OFF. If not, press

depress the accelerator pedal with your right foot. Launch control will be in the ready state. The message 'Launch Control Ready' will appear on the cluster. If necessary, adjust engine rpm with the cruise control switch (+/-).

ESC OFF button to set the ESC 8. A smooth, quick release of the

mode to ESC SPORT or ESC

clutch pedal within 8 seconds,

OFF. (Indicator illuminates on the

while maintaining full depression

OJSN050211
1. Press the `Launch Control' tab.

cluster) (Electronic Stability Control (ESC) does not operate when ESC OFF.)

of the accelerator pedal will initiate

launching of the vehicle. The message 'Launch Control Active' will

2. Press the ' (Up)' or ' (Down)' to 3. Select 'Performance Options

appear on the cluster.

set the engine RPM for launch

Launch Control' to set engine 9. Control will deactivate when the

control.

RPM from the Infotainment sys-

accelerator pedal is released.

3. Press `Activate' to enter Launch tem screen. After setting RPM,

Control ready state.

press 'Activate'.

4. Press `Reset RPM' to reset engine RPM to default launch control engine speed.

4. Align the steering wheel straight 5. Depress the clutch pedal. 6. Shift to 1st gear.

Driving your vehicle

5-57

Driving your vehicle

Launch control on and off (For Dual Clutch Transmission)
1. Select N mode with 'N' button (N mode indicator will illuminate on the cluster) or select SPORT+ for the engine mode in CUSTOM mode.
2. Check that the ESC mode is ESC SPORT or ESC OFF. If not, press ESC OFF button to set the ESC mode to ESC SPORT or ESC OFF. (Indicator illuminates on the cluster) (Electronic Stability Control (ESC) does not operate when ESC OFF.)
3. Shift the gear to D (Drive) or M (Manual shift mode). (When Manual shift mode is selected, driver must shift manually.)
4. Select 'Performance Options Launch Control' to set engine RPM from the Infotainment system screen. After setting RPM, press 'Activate'.
5. Align the steering wheel straight
6. Depress the brake pedal to the maximum with your left foot.

7. While depressing the brake pedal with your left foot, quickly and fully depress the accelerator pedal with your right foot. Launch control will be in the ready state. The message 'Launch Control Ready' will appear on the cluster. If necessary, adjust engine rpm with the cruise control switch (+/-).
8. A smooth, quick release of the brake pedal within 8 seconds, while maintaining full depression of the accelerator pedal will initiate launching of the vehicle. The message 'Launch Control Active' will appear on the cluster.
9. Launch Control will deactivate when the accelerator pedal is released.

CAUTION
(For Manual Transmission)
· If you depress the clutch pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time and then release the accelerator pedal, Launch Control is released.
· Launch Control is available again after it is cooled down by driving the vehicle for at least 2 minutes (above 18 mph (20 km/h)) or the vehicle is at a standstill for 5 minutes.
· If you do not launch the vehicle within 8 seconds in launch control "READY" state, launch control will be automatically aborted.

5-58

CAUTION
(For Dual Clutch Transmission)
· If you depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time and then release the accelerator pedal, Launch Control is released.
· Launch Control is available again after it is cooled down by driving the vehicle for at least 2 minutes (above 18 mph (20 km/h)) or the vehicle is at a standstill for 5 minutes.
· If you do not launch the vehicle within 8 seconds in launch control "READY" state, launch control will be automatically aborted.

CAUTION
Performance of Launch Control is highly dependent on clutch release technique, tire friction and road conditions. In other words, the use of Launch Control does not always guarantee the maximum launch performance.

Shift Indicator

OJSN048128
When engine is operating in a high 5
rpm area, it is indicated by LEDs according to the corresponding engine rpm.
As the engine rpm approaches to the limit, each LED lights up sequentially, and when all five LEDs flashes, it is time to shift (upshift) immediately.
In the Performance Option's "Shift Indicator" tab of the infotainment system's N Mode, you can set which mode is displayed and the target RPM speed.
(N Mode Performance Option Shift Indicator)
5-59

Driving your vehicle

How to set shift indicator
1. Press `Shift Indicator' tab in Performance Options.

Engine speed change notification (LED blinks and beeps) is sent before engine speed reaches to the set value to shift at set target RPM speed.

Shift Indicator operation table (For Dual Clutch Transmission)
Blinking of all 5 LEDs, works only in the fixed shift mode where manual upshift is required.

Shift lever position

Shift mode

All LED LED blink step (upshift lighting shift noti-
fication)

Automatic shift mode

OJSN050212
2. Select drive mode to activate shift indicator. (ECO/NORMAL/SPORT/ N/CUSTOM)
3. Set up target rpm by pressing (Up) and (Down). (6000rpm ~ 6700rpm)
4. Press `Alert Sound' to choose whether or not to execute.
5. Press 'Reset RPM' to reset the target RPM speed.

N Grin Shift operation

N Track Shift D operation

Temporary

manual

shift mode (enter D stage

paddle shifter

operation)

Fixed shift

mode (no automatic

upshift)

5-60

N Track Sense Shift (For Dual Clutch Transmission)

How to set N Track Sense Shift

Operating condition

N Track Sense Shift is automatically activated when dynamic driving condition with lots of cornering maneuver is detected. (i.e. Race track driving).

The program enables stress-free

track driving by automatically shifting

down at the entry of corner and

maintains lower gear during corner-

ing as if you are shifting manually in

professional manner. N Track Sense

OJSN050213

OJSN050190

Shift provides lower gear when level of driving aggression increases.

1. Press `N Mode Performance Option N Track Sense Shift' on

· N Track Sense Shift is enabled in the Performance Options settings

the infotainment system home screen to enter the N Track Sense Shift setting screen.
2. In N Track Sense Shift setup screen, press 'Activate' to select enable/disable features.

· Shift lever in D (Drive) position
· Transmission mode is SPORT or SPORT+ (Including SPORT or N Riding Mode)
· Vehicle speed is above 21 mph (35km/h)

When the vehicle is released for the first time, function is activated.
Active/Deactivated setting is saved even when the vehicle is restarted.

· Cornering-oriented dynamic driving detection
When N Track Sense Shift is operating, a message is displayed in the instrument cluster LCD screen as shown below.

Driving your vehicle

5-61

Driving your vehicle

Non-operating conditions · N Track Sense Shift is disabled in
Performance Options settings
· Shift lever position is in P/R/N
· Changing Transmission mode during operation (Transmission mode does not work in ECO, NORMAL or manual shift mode.)
· Cruise Control is operating
· Engine warning light is on
· Vehicle speed is below 21 mph (35 km/h)
When N Track Sense Shift is deactivated, the displayed message will disappear from the instrument LCD screen.
CAUTION
Vehicle safety and control must be at your own discretion and do not attempt to drive dangerously to operate N Track Sense Shift.

N Power Shift (For Dual Clutch Transmission)
OJSN050214
When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal fully (100%) in N mode for faster acceleration, it controls by (up-) shifting with minimal energy loss. N Power Shift can be deactivated by pressing 'Activate' on the screen. When N Power Shift is deactivated, vehicle shifting is similar to normal shifting. However, it is activated when the engine is restarted.

5-62

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED)
The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) complies: - FOR USA
OANATEL002
OANATEL003

5
5-63

Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (FRONT VIEW CAMERA ONLY) (IF EQUIPPED)

Basic function

Detecting sensor

CAUTION

OTM070237
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian in the roadway and warn the driver that a collision is imminent with a warning message and an audible warning, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.

OBU050218N
[1] : Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
· Never disassemble the detecting sensor or sensor assembly, or apply any impact on it.
· If the detecting sensors have been replaced or repaired, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the front view camera dry.
· Never place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.

5-64

System settings functions for the system

- If `Active Assist' is selected, the system will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning depending on the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied depending on the collision risk.

WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will always turn on. However, if `Off' is selected after

- If `Warning Only' is selected, the system will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning depending on the collision risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.

the engine is restarted, you cannot get help from the system so the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

- If `Off' is selected, the system will

OBU050220N

turn off. The

warning light will

CAUTION

Forward Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect `Driver Assistance Forward Safety' from the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function.
- If `Auto OFF in N Mode' is selected Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist that is linked with N mode will be off automatically and when canceled `Auto OFF in N Mode' is canceled.

illuminate on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status from the Settings menu. If the
warning light remains ON when the system is ON, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If `Warning Only' is selected, braking is not assisted.
i Information
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off when ESC is turned off by pressing and holding the ESC OFF button for more than 3 seconds. The
warning light will illuminate on the cluster.

Driving your vehicle

5-65

Driving your vehicle

CAUTION

OBU050198N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select `Driver Assistance Warning Timing' from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warning Timing is set to `Normal'. If you change the Warning Timing, the warning time of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

OBU050192N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select `Driver Assistance Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to `High', `Medium', or `Low' for Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist.
If you change the warning volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

· The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
· Even though `Normal' is selected for Warning Timing, if the front vehicle suddenly stops, the initial warning activation time may not seem late.
· Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing and Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.

5-66

System operation
Basic function
System warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is to warn and control the vehicle depending on the collision level: `Collision Warning', `Emergency Braking' and `Stopping vehicle and ending brake control'.

Driving your vehicle

OBU050164N

OBU050165N

Collision Warning

Emergency Braking

· To warn the driver of a collision, the · To warn the driver that emergency 5

`Collision Warning' warning mes- braking will occur, the `Emergency

sage will appear on the cluster and Braking' warning message will

an audible warning will sound.

appear on the cluster and an audi-

· If a vehicle is detected in front, the ble warning will sound.

system will operate when your · If a vehicle is detected in front, the

vehicle speed is between approxi- system will operate when your

mately 6~112 mph (10~180km/h).

vehicle speed is between approxi-

· If a pedestrian is detected in front, mately 6~37 mph (10~60km/h).

the system will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6~37 mph (10~60km/h).
· If `Active Assist' is selected, braking may be assisted.

· If a pedestrian is detected in front, the system will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 6~37 mph (10~60km/h).
· In emergency braking situation, braking is assisted with strong

braking power by the system to

help prevent collision with the vehi-

cle or pedestrian ahead.

5-67

Driving your vehicle

OBU050166N
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
· When the vehicle is stopped due to emergency braking, the `Emergency Braking complete' warning message will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
· Brake control will end after the vehicle is stopped by emergency braking for approximately 2 seconds.

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist:
· For your safety, change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
· With `Active Assist' or `Warning Only' selected, when ESC is turned off by pressing and holding the ESC OFF button for more than 3 seconds, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn off automatically. In this case, the system cannot be set from the Settings menu and the warning light will illuminate on the cluster which is normal. If ESC is turned on by pressing the ESC OFF button, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the last setting.

· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate in all situations or cannot avoid all collisions.
· The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
· Never deliberately operate Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate if the driver depresses the brake pedal to avoid collision.
· Depending on the road and driving conditions, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver.

5-68

· During Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist operation, the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose objects. Always have the seat belt on and keep loose objects secured.
· If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
· You may not hear the warning sound of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or may not operate properly or may operate unnecessarily depending on the road conditions and the surroundings.

WARNING

CAUTION

· Even if there is a problem with

Depending on the condition of

Forward Collision-Avoidance

the vehicle, pedestrian in front

Assist, the vehicle's basic

and the surroundings, the

braking performance will

speed range to operate Forward

operate normally.

Collision-Avoidance Assist may

· During emergency braking, braking control by the system will automatically cancel

reduce. The system may only warn the driver, or the system may not operate.

when the driver excessively

depresses the accelerator pedal or sharply steers the

i Information

vehicle.

In a situation collision is imminent, 5

braking may be assisted by Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist when

braking is insufficient by the driver.

Driving your vehicle

5-69

Driving your vehicle

System malfunction and limitations
System malfunction

System disabled

The system will operate normally when snow, rain or foreign matter is removed.
If the system does not operate normally after it is removed, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBU050336N
When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working properly, the `Check Emergency Braking' system warning message will appear, and the and warning lights will illuminate on the cluster. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBU050168N
When the front windshield where the front view camera is located or the sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the `Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Camera obscured.' warning message, and the and warning lights will illuminate on the cluster.

WARNING
· Even though the warning message or warning light does not appear on the cluster, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may not properly operate.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substance are not detected after turning ON the engine.

5-70

Limitations of the system

· An object is placed on the dash- · The rear of the front vehicle is

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate normally, or the system may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
· The detecting sensor or the surroundings are contaminated or damaged
· The temperature around the front view camera is high or low
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated

board
· Your vehicle is being towed
· The surrounding is very bright
· The surrounding is very dark, such as in a tunnel, etc.
· The brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
· The brightness outside is low, and the headlamps are not on or are not bright

small or the vehicle does not look normal, such as when the vehicle is tilted, overturned, or the side of the vehicle is visble, etc.
· The front vehicle's ground clearance is low or high
· A vehicle, pedestrian suddenly cuts in front
· The vehicle in front is detected late
· The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked by a obstacle

windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
· Moisture is not removed or frozen on the windshield
· Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or the wiper is on

· Driving through steam, smoke or shadow
· Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian is detected
· The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy truck, truck with a unusually shaped luggage, trailer, etc.

· The vehicle in front suddenly changes lane or suddenly reduces speed
· The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
· The front vehicle's speed is fast or slow

· Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick fog
· The field of view of the front view

· The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail lights are located unusually, etc.

· The vehicle in front steers in the opposite direction of your vehicle to avoid a collision

camera is obstructed by sun glare
· Street light or light from an oncoming vehicle is reflected on the wet road surface, such as a puddle on

· The brightness outside is low, and the tail lamps are not on or are not bright

· With a vehicle in front, your vehicle changes lane at low speed
· The vehicle in front is covered with snow

the road

Driving your vehicle

5-71

Driving your vehicle

· You are departing or returning to the lane
· Unstable driving · You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected · You are continuously driving in a
circle · The vehicle in front has an unusu-
al shape · The vehicle in front is driving uphill
or downhill · The pedestrian is not fully detect-
ed, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright · The pedestrian is wearing clothing or equipment that makes it difficult to detect as a pedestrian
5-72

OADAS051
· The illustration above shows the image the front view camera will detect as a vehicle and pedestrian.
· The pedestrian in front is moving very quickly
· The pedestrian in front is short or is posing a low posture
· The pedestrian in front has impaired mobility
· The pedestrian in front is moving intersected with the driving direction
· There is a group of pedestrians, or a large crowd in front
· The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to detect

· The pedestrian is difficult to distinguish from the similar shaped structure in the surroundings
· You are driving by a pedestrian, traffic signs, structures, etc. near the intersection
· Driving in a parking lot
· Driving through a tollgate, construction area, unpaved road, partial paved road, uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
· Driving on an incline road, curved road, etc.
· Driving through a roadside with trees or streetlights
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
· Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown
· There is interference by electromagnetic waves, such as driving in an area with strong radio waves or electrical noise

WARNING · Driving on a curve

· Driving on a slope

Driving your vehicle

OADAS003/OADAS002
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not detect other vehicles, pedestrians in front of you on curved roads adversely affecting the performance of the sensors.
This may result in no warning, braking assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer the vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OADAS006/OADAS005
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect a vehicle, pedestrian in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn the driver and control the brake. Always check the traffic conditions around the vehicle.

OADAS009/OADAS007

Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not detect other

vehicles, pedestrians in front

of you while driving uphill or

downhill adversely affecting

the performance of the sen-

sors.

This may result in unnecessary warning, braking assist or no warning, braking assist when necessary.

Also, vehicle speed may rapidly decrease when a vehicle, pedestrian ahead is suddenly detected.

5-73

Driving your vehicle

Always have your eyes on the road while driving uphill or downhill and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

· Changing lanes

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle when the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

5-74

OADAS032
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.

In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
· Detecting vehicle

In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, steer your vehicle and depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

Driving your vehicle

OADAS033
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle, [C] : Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not immediately detect the vehicle that is now in front of you.

OBU050217N
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle.

5
5-75

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
· When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, we recommend that Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist is turned off due to safety reasons.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may operate if objects that are similar in shape or characteristics to vehicles and pedestrians are detected.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist does not operate on bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects, such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate normally if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.

i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-76

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help detect lane markings while driving over a certain speed. The system will warn the driver if the vehicle leaves the lane without using the turn signal, or will automatically assist the driver's steering to help prevent the vehicle from departing the lane.

Detecting sensor

System settings Setting functions for the system

Driving your vehicle

[1] : Front view camera

OBU050218N

OBU050169N

The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect lane markings (or road edges).
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

Lane Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select or deselect `Driver Assistance Lane Safety' from the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function.

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

- If `Lane Keeping Assist' is selected, the system will automatically assist the driver's steering when lane departure is detected to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.

5-77

Driving your vehicle

- If `Lane Departure Warning' is selected, the functions for the system will warn the driver with an audible warning when lane departure is detected. The driver must steer the vehicle.
- If `Off' is selected, the functions for the system will turn off. The indicator light will turn off on the cluster.

i Information
If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping Assist will maintain the last setting.
When Lane Keeping Assist is turned off with the Lane Safety button, Lane Safety settings will turn off.

WARNING
· If `Lane Departure Warning' is selected, steering is not assisted.
· Lane Keeping Assist does not control the steering wheel when the vehicle is driven in the middle of the lane.
· The driver should always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle if `Off' is selected.

OBU050335N

Turning the system On/Off

With the Engine Start/Stop is ON

and the Lane Safety button is

pushed, the system turns on and the

white indicator

appears on the

instrument cluster.

If you press the Lane Safety button when the Lane Keeping Assist is ON, the system turns off.

If the Engine Start/Stop is shifted from OFF to ON, the system turns on and the white indicator appears on the instrument cluster.

If you press the Lane Safety button when the Lane Keeping Assist is ON, the system turns off.

5-78

System operation
System warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and control the vehicle with Lane Departure Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.

Driving your vehicle

OBU050198N

OBU050192N

Warning Timing

Warning Volume

With the engine on, select `Driver With the Engine Start/Stop button in

Assistance Warning Timing' from the ON position, select `Driver

the Settings menu to change the ini- Assistance Warning Volume' from

tial warning activation time for Lane the Settings menu to change the

Keeping Assist.

Warning Volume to `High', `Medium',

When the vehicle is first delivered, or `Low' for Lane Keeping Assist. Warning Timing is set to `Normal'. If If you change the Warning Volume,

OJSN050170/OJSN050171

you change the Warning Timing, the warning time of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may be changed.

Lane Departure Warning
· To warn the driver that the vehicle is departing from the projected

lane in front, the green

indi-

cator light will blink on the cluster,

the lane line will blink on the clus-

ter depending on which direction

the vehicle is veering, and an audi-

ble warning will sound.

5-79

Driving your vehicle

· The system will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 40~120 mph (60~200 km/h).

Lane Keeping Assist

· To warn the driver that the vehicle

is departing from the projected

lane in front, the green

indi-

cator light will blink on the cluster,

and the steering wheel will make

adjustments to keep vehicle inside

the lane.

· The system will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately 40~120 mph (60~200 km/h).

OBU050172N
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds, the `Keep hands on the steering wheel' warning message will appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound in stages.

WARNING
· The steering wheel may not be assisted if the steering wheel is held very tight or the steering wheel is steered over a certain degree.
· Lane Keeping Assist does not operate at all times. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
· The handsoff warning message may appear late depending on road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
· If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the handsoff warning message may appear because the system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the hands-off warning may not work properly.

5-80

i Information

· You may change settings from the instrument cluster (User Settings), refer to `LCD display' section in chapter 3.

· When lane markings are detected,

the lane lines on the cluster will

change from grey to white and the

green

indicator light will illu-

minate.

Lane undetected Lane detected

System malfunction and limitations System malfunction
OBU050173N

OBU050175N

OJSN050174
· Even though the steering is assisted by Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than when it is not.

When Lane Keeping Assist is not working properly, the `Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system' warning message will appear and the yellow indicator light will illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Driving your vehicle

5-81

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Lane Keeping Assist:
· The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle. Do not solely rely on the system and drive dangerously.
· The operation of Lane Keeping Assist can be cancelled or not work properly depending on road conditions and surroundings. Always be cautious while driving.
· Refer to "Limitations of the System" if the lane is not detected properly.
· When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, we recommend that Lane Keeping Assist is turned off due to safety reasons.

· If the vehicle is driven at high speed, the steering wheel will not be controlled. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.
· If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Lane Keeping Assist warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
· You may not hear the warning sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, steering may not be assisted properly.
· Lane Keeping Assist may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the front view camera is initialized.

· Lane Keeping Assist will not operate when:
- The turn signal or hazard warning flasher is turned on
- The vehicle is not driven in the center of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve
- Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55 km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/h)
- The vehicle makes sharp lane changes
- The vehicle brakes suddenly

5-82

Limitations of the system

· There are more than two lane

Lane Keeping Assist may not oper- markings on the road

CAUTION

ate normally or may operate unex- · The lane number increases or

pectedly under the following circum- decreases, or the lane markings

stances:

are crossing

For more details on the limitations of the front view camera, refer to "Forward Collision-

· The lane is contaminated or diffi- · The lane markings are complicat- Avoidance Assist (FCA)" sec-

cult to distinguish because,

ed or a structure substitutes for the tion in this chapter.

- The lane markings is covered lines, such as a construction area

with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.

· There are road markings, such as

- The color of the lane marking is not distinguishable from the road

zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and road signs

- There are markings on the road · The lane suddenly disappears,

near the lane or the markings on such as at the intersection the road looks similar to the lane · The lane is very wide or narrow

markings

· There is a road edge without a lane

- The lane marking is indistinct or · There is a boundary structure in

damaged

the roadway, such as a tollgate,

- The shadow is on the lane mark- sidewalk, curb, etc.

ing by a median strip, trees, · The distance to the front vehicle is

guardrail, noise barriers, etc.

extremely short or the vehicle in

front is covering the lane marking

Driving your vehicle

5-83

Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Blind-Spot Collision Warning is designed to help detect and monitor approaching vehicles in the driver's blind spot area and warn the driver of a possible collision with a warning message and audible warning.

Detecting sensor

OJX1079256
Blind-Spot Collision Warning helps detect and inform the driver that a vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary depending on the speed of your vehicle. However, even if there is a vehicle in the blind spot, the system may not warn you when you pass by at high speed.
5-84

OHY059002
Blind-Spot Collision Warning helps detect and inform the driver that a vehicle is approaching at high speed from the blind spot area.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on the speed of the vehicle approaching at high speed.
i Information
In the following text, Blind-Spot Collision Warning will be referred as Blind-Spot Safety system.

OBU050222
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
· Never disassemble the rear corner radar or radar assembly, or apply any impact on it.

· If the rear corner radars have been replaced or repaired, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If there is impact on the rear corner radar or near the radar, even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine parts to repair the rear bumper where the rear corner radar is located.
· Do not apply license plate frame or objects, such as a bumper sticker, film or a bumper guard near the rear corner radar.
· The system may not work properly if the bumper has been replaced, or the surroundings of the rear corner radar has been damaged or paint has been applied.

· If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed, it may adversely affect the performance of the rear corner radar or the function may not operate.

System settings Setting functions for the system

CAUTION

For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

OTM070202N

Blind-Spot Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select or deselect `Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety' from the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function.
If `Warning Only' is selected, the system will warn the driver with a warning message and an audible warning depending on the collision risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
If `Off' is selected, the system will turn off.

5-85

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
If you turn off by pressing the button, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

OJS058018
Turning the system On/Off (BlindSpot Safety button)
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, press the Blind Spot Safety button to turn on Blind-Spot Safety system. The indicator on the button will turn on and the warning light on the side view mirror will blink for 3 seconds.
Press the button again to turn off the system.

i Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot Safety system will maintain the last setting.

OBU050198N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select `Driver Assistance Warning Timing' from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for BlindSpot Safety.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warning Timing is set to `Normal'. If you change the Warning Timing, the warning time of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

5-86

CAUTION

System operation System warning

· The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of the Blind-Spot Safety system.

· Even though `Normal' is

selected for Warning Timing, if

the vehicles approaches at

high speed, the initial warning

OBU050192N

activation time may seem late.

Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select `Driver Assistance Warning Volume' from

· Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Vehicle detection

OJS058021

the Settings menu to change the

To warn the driver a vehicle is detect-

Warning Volume to `High', `Medium',

ed, the warning light on the side view

or `Low' for Blind-Spot Safety system.

mirror will illuminate.

If you change the Warning Volume, the warning volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

The system will operate when your vehicle speed is above 19 mph (30 km/h).

Driving your vehicle

5-87

Driving your vehicle

Collision warning
· Collision warning will operate when the turn signal is turned on in the direction of the detected vehicle.
· To warn the driver of a collision, the warning light on the side view mirror will blink. At the same time, an audible warning will sound.
· When the turn signal is turned off or you move away from the lane, the collision warning will be canceled and the system will return to vehicle detection state.

WARNING
· The detecting range of the rear corner radar is determined by the standard road width, therefore, on a narrow road, the system may detect other vehicles in the next next lane and warn you. In contrast, on a wide road, the system may not be able to detect a vehicle driving in the next lane and may not warn you.
· When the hazard warning light is on, the collision warning by the turn signal will not operate.

i Information
If the driver's seat is on the left side, the collision warning may occur when you turn left. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver's seat is on the right side, the collision warning may occur when you turn right. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the right lane.

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Blind-Spot Safety system:
· For your safety, change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
· If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Blind-Spot Safety system's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
· You may not hear the warning sound of Blind-Spot Safety system if the surrounding is noisy.
· Blind-Spot Safety system may warn the driver late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and driving conditions.

5-88

· Driver should maintain control of the vehicle at all times. Do not depend on Blind-Spot Safety system. Maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.

System malfunction and limitations
System malfunction

System disabled

Driving your vehicle

OBU050180N
When the rear bumper around the 5

OBU050201N rear corner radar or sensor is cov-

When Blind-Spot Safety system is not working properly, the `Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning system' warning message will appear on the cluster, and the system will turn off automatically, or the system will be limited. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

ered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot Safety system.
If this occurs, the `Blind-Spot Collision Warning system disabled. Radar blocked' warning message will appear on the cluster.

The System will operate normally

when such foreign material or trailer,

etc. is removed, and then the engine

is restarted.

5-89

Driving your vehicle

If the system does not operate normally after it is removed, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· Even though the warning message does not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot Safety system may not properly operate.
· Blind-Spot Safety system may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substance are not detected right after the engine is turned on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign material right after the engine is turned on.

CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Safety system to install a trailer, carrier, etc., or remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Blind-Spot Safety system.

Limitations of the system
Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate normally, or the system may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
· There is inclement weather, such as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
· The rear corner radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt, etc.
· The temperature around the rear corner radar is high or low
· Driving on a highway ramp
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction)
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as sound barriers, guardrails, central dividers, entry barriers, street lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc. (including double structures)
· Driving in large areas where there are few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
· Driving through a narrow road where trees or grass are overgrown

5-90

· Driving on a wet road surface, such as a puddle on the road
· The other vehicle drives very close behind your vehicle, or the other vehicle passes by your vehicle in close proximity

· The bumper around the rear corner radar is blocked by a vehicle, pillar or wall
· Your vehicle height is low or high due to heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

WARNING · Driving on a curve

· The speed of the other vehicle is very fast that it passes by your vehicle in a short time
· Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle

Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate normally, or the system may operate unexpectedly when the following objects are detected:

· Your vehicle changes lane
· Your vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated
· The vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you, or when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you
· A trailer or carrier is installed around the rear corner radar
· The bumper around the rear corner radar is covered with objects, such as a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.

· A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
· A vehicle such as a flat trailer is detected
· A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is detected
· A moving obstacle such as a pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a baby stroller is detected
· A vehicle with low height such as a sports car is detected

OHY059008

Blind-Spot Safety system may

not operate properly when

driving on a curved road. The

system may not detect the

vehicle in the next lane.

Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

· The bumper around the rear corner radar is impacted, damaged or the radar is out of position

Driving your vehicle

5-91

Driving your vehicle

· Driving where the road is merging/dividing

· Driving on a slope

OHY059009
Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly when driving on the curved road. The system may recognize the vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

OHY059010
Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly when driving where the road merges or divides. The system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

OJSN050157
Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly when driving on a slope.The system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane or may incorrectly detect the ground or structure.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

5-92

· Driving where the heights of the lanes are different
OJSN050203
Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. The system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions while driving.

WARNING

i Information

· When you are towing a trailer or another vehicle, make sure that you turn off Blind-Spot Safety system.
· Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate normally if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
· Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate for 3 seconds

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars are ini-

tialized.

Driving your vehicle

5-93

Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) (IF EQUIPPED)

Basic function

Detecting sensor

Driver Attention Warning will help determine the driver's attention level by analyzing driving pattern, driving time, etc. while vehicle is being driven. The system will recommend a break when the driver's attention level falls below a certain level.

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function will inform the driver when the front vehicle departs from a stop.

OBU050218N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect driving patterns and front vehicle departure while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera in good condition to maintain optimal performance of Driver Attention Warning.
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

5-94

System settings Setting functions for the system

Driving your vehicle

OTM070188N

OBU050198N

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

Warning Timing

OTM070189N - If `Leading Vehicle Departure Alert' With the Engine Start/Stop button in 5

is selected, the system will inform the ON position, select `Driver

Driver Attention Warning

the driver when the front vehicle Assistance Warning Timing' from

With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select or deselect `Driver Assistance Driver Attention

departs from a stop.

the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Driver Attention Warning.

Warning' from the Settings menu to set whether or not to use each function.

When the vehicle is first delivered, Warning Timing is set to `Normal'. If you change the Warning Timing, the

- If `Inattentive Driving Warning' is selected, the system will inform the

warning time of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

driver the driver's attention level

and will recommend taking a break when the level falls below a certain level.

i Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention Warning will maintain the

last setting.

5-95

Driving your vehicle

System operation
Basic function
System display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention Warning is to inform the driver the `Attention Level' and to warn the driver to `Consider taking a break'.

Attention level
System off

Standby/Disabled

OBU050182N/OBU050184N

- The system will operate when vehicle speed is between 0~110 mph (0~180 km/h).
- When vehicle speed is not within the operating speed, the message `Standby' will be displayed.
- The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is.
- The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.

OBU050225N
· The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the cluster. - When the `Inattentive Driving Warning' is deselected from the Settings menu, `System Off' is displayed.
5-96

Taking a break

WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.

i Information
· You may change settings from the instrument cluster (User Settings), refer to `LCD display' section in chapter 3.

CAUTION

· Driver Attention Warning will reset the last break time to 00:00 in the following situations:

· Driver Attention Warning may suggest a break depending on the driver's driving pattern or

- The engine is turned off
- The driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the driver's door

OBU050185N
· The `Consider taking a break' mes-

habits, even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.

- The vehicle is stopped for more

than 10 minutes

sage will appear on the cluster and · Driver Attention Warning is a · When the driver resets Driver

an audible warning will sound to

supplemental system and

Attention Warning, the last break

suggest that the driver take a

may not be able to determine

time is set to 00:00 and the driver's

break, when the driver's attention

whether the driver is inatten-

attention level is set to High.

level is below 1.

tive.

· Driver Attention Warning will not suggest a break when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10 minutes has not passed after the last break was suggested.

· The driver who feels fatigued should take a break at a safe location, even though there is no break suggestion by Driver Attention Warning.

Driving your vehicle

5-97

Driving your vehicle

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
OBU050181N
When the front vehicle departs from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert will inform the driver by displaying the `Leading vehicle is driving away' message on the cluster and an audible warning will sound.

WARNING
· If any other system's warning message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert's warning message may not be displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
· The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
CAUTION
· Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a supplemental function and may not alert the driver whenever the front vehicle departs from a stop.
· Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.

System malfunction and limitations System malfunction
OBU050186N
When Driver Attention Warning is not working properly, the `Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system' warning message will appear on the cluster. If this occurs, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-98

Limitations of the system
Driver Attention Warning may not work properly in the following situations:
· The vehicle is driven violently
· The vehicle intentionally crosses over lanes frequently
· The vehicle is controlled by Driver Assistance system, such as Lane Keeping Assist

Leading Departure Alert feature · When the vehicle cuts in

· When the vehicle ahead sharply steers

OADAS021SD

OADAS034SD

[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle

If the vehicle in front makes a sharp turn, such as to turn left or right or make a Uturn, etc., Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

Driving your vehicle

OADAS022
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may not operate properly.

5-99

Driving your vehicle

· When the vehicle ahead abruptly · When a pedestrian or bicycle is · When in a parking lot

departures

between you and the vehicle

ahead

OADAS024SD
If the vehicle in front abruptly departures, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

OADAS025SD
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in between you and the vehicle in front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

OADAS027SD
If a vehicle parked in front drives away from you, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may alert you that the parked vehicle is driving away.

5-100

· When driving at a tollgate or intersection, etc.

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

OADAS026
If you pass a tollgate or intersection with lots of vehicles or you drive where lanes are merged or divided frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may not operate properly.

5
5-101

Driving your vehicle

Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL (CC)

System operation To set speed

i Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up while driving uphill or downhill.

(1) Cruise indicator (2) Set speed

OIK057157N

Cruise Control will allow you to drive at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without depressing the accelerator pedal.

OJSN050194
1. Press the Driving Assist button.
The set speed and Cruise ( &58,6() indicator will illuminate on the cluster. 2. Release the accelerator pedal.
Vehicle speed will maintain the set speed even when the accelerator pedal is not depressed.

5-102

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Temporary speed increase
To temporarily accelerate
If you want to speed up temporarily when Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal.
To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the + switch up or - switch down at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set to the current increased speed.

OBU050206N

OBU050207N

· Push the + switch up and release it · Push the - switch down and

immediately. The cruising speed release it immediately. The cruising

will increase by 1 mph/h (1 km) speed will decrease by 1 mph/h (1

each time the switch is operated in km) each time the switch is operat-

this manner.

ed in this manner.

· Push the + switch up and hold it while monitoring the set speed on the cluster. The cruising speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.

· Push the - switch down and hold it while monitoring the set speed on the cluster. The cruising speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is operated in this manner.

Release the switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed.

Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain.

Driving your vehicle

5-103

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily pause the system

Automatically
- Shifting the gear to N (Neutral)
- The parking brake is applied
- Decreasing vehicle speed to less than approximately 15 mph (25 km/h)
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating
- N Grin Shift (NGS) is operating

NOTICE
If Cruise Control pauses during a situation that is not mentioned, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBU050208N
Cruise Control will be paused when: Manually - Depressing the brake pedal - Pushing the button

The set speed will turn off but the Cruise( &58,6() indicator will stay on.

5-104

To resume the system
Type A
Type B

WARNING

Check the driving condition

before using the

switch.

Driving speed may sharply

increase or decrease when you

press the switch.

To turn off the system

OJSN050209
Push the +, - or ( ) switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch down, vehicle speed will be set to the current speed on the cluster.
If you push the ( ) switch, vehicle speed will resume to the preset speed.
Vehicle speed must be above 20 mph (30 km/h) for the system to resume.

OJSN050194
Press the Driving Assist to turn 5
Cruise Control off. The Cruise ( &58,6( ) indicator will go off.
Always press the Driving Assist button to turn Cruise Control off when not in use.

Driving your vehicle

5-105

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Cruise Control:
· Always set the vehicle speed to the speed limit where you are driving.
· Keep Cruise Control off when the system is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. Check that the Cruise ( &58,6() indicator is off.
· Cruise Control does not substitute for proper and safe driving. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely and should always be aware of unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

· Do not use Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed:
- When driving near a highway interchange or tollgate
- When driving in heavy traffic, or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or windy roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
· Do not use Cruise Control when towing a vehicle.

5-106

LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Lane Following Assist is designed to help detect lane markings and/or vehicles on the road, and assist the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
Detecting sensor

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera, refer to "Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)" section in this chapter.

System settings Setting functions for the system

Driving your vehicle

OBU050218N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a detecting sensor to detect lane markings and front vehicles. Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.

OJSN050193

Turning the system On/Off

With the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ON position, shortly press the

Lane Driving Assist button located

on the steering wheel to turn on

Lane Following Assist. The white or

green

indicator light will illumi-

nate on the cluster.

Press the button again to turn off the system.

If the engine is restarted, Lane Following Assist will maintain the last setting.

5-107

Driving your vehicle

System operation System warning and control

OBU050198N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select `Driver Assistance Warning Timing' from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Lane Following Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warning Timing is set to `Normal'. If you change the Warning Timing, the warning time of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

OBU050192N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select `Driver Assistance Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to `High', `Medium', or `Low' for Hands-off warning.
If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

OBU050227N
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane markings are detected and your vehicle speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the green indicator light will illuminate on the cluster, and the system will help the vehicle stay in lane by assisting the steering wheel.

5-108

CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted, the green indicator light will blink and change to white.

OBU050172N

OTM070117N

Hands-off warning

If the driver still does not have their

If the driver takes their hands off the hands on the steering wheel after the steering wheel for several seconds, hands-off warning, the `Lane

the `Keep hands on the steering Following Assist (LFA) canceled'

wheel' warning message will appear warning message will appear and

and an audible warning will sound in Lane Following Assist will be auto-

stages.

matically canceled.

First stage : Warning message

Second stage : Warning message (red steering wheel) and audible warning

Driving your vehicle

5-109

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
· The steering wheel may not be assisted if the steering wheel is held very tight or the steering wheel is steered over a certain degree.
· Lane Following Assist does not operate at all times. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
· The handsoff warning message may appear late depending on road conditions. Always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
· If the steering wheel is held very lightly the handsoff warning message may appear because the system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the hands-off warning may not work properly.
5-110

i Information
· You may change settings from the instrument cluster (User Settings), refer to `LCD display' section in chapter 3.
· When both lane markings are detected, the lane lines on the cluster will change from grey to white.

Lane undetected

Lane detected

OJSN050177

OBU050337N
· If lane markings are not detected, steering wheel control by Lane Following Assist can be limited depending on whether a vehicle is in front or the driving conditions of the vehicle.

· Even though the steering is assisted by Lane Following Assist, the driver may control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by Lane Following Assist than when it is not.

System malfunction and limitations
System malfunction

Limitations of the system For more details on system limitations, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in this chapter.
WARNING
For more details on the system precautions, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in this chapter.

5
OBU050215N
When Lane Following Assist is not working properly, the `Check Lane Following Assist (LFA) system' warning message will appear on the cluster. If this occurs, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Driving your vehicle

5-111

Driving your vehicle

REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) (IF EQUIPPED)

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning Assist is designed to help detect vehicles approaching from the left and right side while your vehicle is reversing, and warn the driver that a collision is imminent with a warning message and an audible warning.

i Information
In the following text, Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning will be referred as Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.

Detecting sensor

OHY059037 [A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range
CAUTION
The time of warning may vary depending on vehicle speed of the approaching vehicle.
5-112

OBU050222
Refer to the picture above for the detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Warning (BCW)" section in this chapter.

System settings Setting functions for the system

WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system will always turn on. However, if `Off' is selected after the engine is restarted, the driver should always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.

OBU050226N
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select `Driver Assistance Parking Safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' from the Settings menu to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system and deselect to turn off the system.

OBU050198N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select `Driver 5
Assistance Warning Timing' from the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Rear Cross- Traffic Safety system.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warning Timing is set to `Normal'. If you change the Warning Timing, the warning time of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

Driving your vehicle

5-113

Driving your vehicle

OBU050192N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position, select `Driver Assistance Warning Volume' from the Settings menu to change the Warning Volume to `High', `Medium', `or `Low' for Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.
If you change the Warning Volume, the Warning Volume of other Driver Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing and Warning Volume applies to all functions of the Rear Cross-Traffic Safety. Even though `Normal' is selected for Warning Timing, if the vehicles from the left and right side approaches at high speed, the initial warning activation time may seem late. Select `Late' for Warning Timing when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing and Warning Volume will maintain the last setting.

System operation System warning
OBU050192N/OJSN050199
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system will warn the driver when a collision is imminent.

5-114

Collision Warning
· To warn the driver of an approaching vehicle from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the side view mirror will blink and a warning will appear on the cluster. At the same time, an audible warning will sound. If the Rear View Monitor is operating, a warning will also appear on the infotainment system screen.

· The system will operate when all the following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8 km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from the left and right side of your vehicle

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system: · For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location. · If any other system's warning message is displayed or audi-

- The speed of the vehicle

ble warning is generated,

approaching from the left and

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys-

right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)

tem's warning message may not be displayed and audible

i Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied, there will be a warning whenever the vehicle approaches from the left or right side even though your vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).

warning may not be generated.
· You may not hear the warning sound of Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system if the surrounding is noisy.

· Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys-

tem may warn the driver late

or may not warn the driver

depending on the road and

driving conditions.

Driving your vehicle

5-115

Driving your vehicle

· The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not solely depend on Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce driving speed or to stop the vehicle.

System malfunction and limitations
System malfunction

System disabled

5-116

OTM070125N
When Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system is not working properly, the `Check Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system' warning message will appear on the cluster, and the system will turn off automatically, or the system will be limited. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTM070124N
When the rear bumper around the rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as snow or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.
If this occurs, the `Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system disabled. Radar blocked' warning message will appear on the cluster.
The system will operate normally when such foreign material or trailer, etc. is removed.

Limitations of the system
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may not operate normally, or the system may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
· Departing from where trees or grass are overgrown
· Departing from where roads are wet
· Speed of the approaching vehicle is fast or slow

WARNING
· Driving near a vehicle or structure

· Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may not operate properly

CAUTION

OHY059017

in an area (for example: open terrain), where any substance are not detected after turning ON the engine.

For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Warning (BCW)" sec-

[A] : Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may be limited when driving near a vehicle or struc-

tion in this chapter.

ture, and may not detect the

CAUTION

vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the

Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system to install a trailer, carrier, etc., or remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Rear

system may not warn the driver when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

Cross-Traffic Safety system.

Driving your vehicle

5-117

Driving your vehicle

· When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment

· When the vehicle is parked diagonally

· When the vehicle is on or near a slope

OHY059018
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may detect vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (for example: a vehicle leaving beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily warn the driver.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

OHY059019
[A] : Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may be limited when backing up diagonally, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the system may not warn the driver when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

OJSN050205
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may be limited when the vehicle is on a uphill or downhill slope, or near it, and may not detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this occurs, the system may not warn the driver when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.

5-118

· Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure
OHY059022 [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may detect vehicles passing by in front of you when parking backwards into a parking space with a wall or structure in the rear or side area. If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily warn the driver. Always check your surroundings while backing up.

· When the vehicle is parked rearward
OHY059020

WARNING
· Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may not operate normally if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
· Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may not operate for 3 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars are initialized.

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety sys-

tem may detect vehicles pass- i Information

ing by behind you when park- This device complies with Part 15 of

ing backwards into a parking the FCC rules.

space. If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily warn the driver.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

Always check your surroundings while backing up.

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

Driving your vehicle

5-119

Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle

When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the below suggestions:
· Drive cautiously and keep a longer braking distance.
· Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
· When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
· Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing damage to the engine and other components. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

5-120

i Information

Driving at Night

Driving in the Rain

The ESC system must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle.

Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember:

Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or

NOTICE

· Slow down and keep more dis- on slick pavement:

tance between you and other vehi- · Slow down and allow extra follow-

If you are still stuck after rocking cles, as it may be more difficult to ing distance. A heavy rainfall

the vehicle a few times, have the see at night, especially in areas makes it harder to see and increas-

vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle where there may not be any street es the distance needed to stop

to avoid engine overheating, pos- lights.

your vehicle.

sible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.

· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps.
· Keep your headlamps clean and

· Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the

Smooth Cornering

properly aimed. Dirty or improperly windshield.

Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are

aimed headlamps will make it · Tires should be properly mainmuch more difficult to see at night. tained with at least 2/32nds of an

wet. Ideally, corners should always · Avoid staring directly at the head- inch of tread depth. If your tires do

be taken under gentle acceleration.

lamps of oncoming vehicles. You not have enough tread, making a

could be temporarily blinded, and it quick stop on wet pavement can

will take several seconds for your cause a skid and possibly lead to

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

an accident. See "Tire

Replacement" in chapter 7.

· Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.

Driving your vehicle

5-121

Driving your vehicle

· Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Replacement" in chapter 7.
5-122

Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or adversely affect vehicle handling. This could lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.

WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:

Snow tires
We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F (7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.

Standard tire

Recommended snow tire

Snow or Icy Conditions

Tire size

Wheel size

Tire size

Wheel size

You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

225/40ZR18 235/35R19

7.5Jx18 8.0Jx19

225/40R18

7.5Jx18

Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same inflation

applications, and sharp turns are pressure as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance potentially very hazardous practices. your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by

During deceleration, use engine snow tires on dry road may not be as high as your vehicle's original equip-

braking to the fullest extent. Sudden ment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.

brake applications on snowy or icy

roads may cause the vehicle to skid. i Information

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.

Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Driving your vehicle

5-123

Driving your vehicle

Summer tires
· Summer tires are used to maximize the driving performance on dry roads.
· If the temperature is below 45°F (7°C) or you are driving on snowy or icy roads, the summer tires lose their brake performance and traction as the tire grip weakens significantly.
· If the temperature is below 45°F (7°C) or you are driving on snowy or icy roads, mount snow tires or all-season tires of the same size with your vehicle's standard tire for safe driving. Both snow and allseason tires have M+S markings.
· When using the M+S tires, use tires with the same tread produced by the same manufacturer for safe driving.
· When driving with the M+S tires with the lower maximum allowable speed than that of the vehicle's standard summer tire, be careful not to exceed the speed allowed for the M+S tires.
5-124

Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them.
Therefore the use of snow tires is preferred over the use of tire chains.
Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable, use a wire or fabric type snow chain.
If the road and weather conditions require the use of tire chains, be sure to use tire chains that have been properly selected for the size of tire on your HYUNDAI vehicle.
Be sure to follow the guidelines and installation instructions provided from the tire chain manufacturer.
Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
NOTICE
If your vehicle has 235/35R19 size tires, do not use tire chain; they can damage your vehicle (wheel, suspension and body).

WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: · Drive less than 20 mph
(30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. · Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. · Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.
i Information
· Install tire chains on both left and right front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
· Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

When mounting snow chains, park NOTICE the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle - When using tire chains:

Hazard Warning Flasher and place a · Make sure to use the right size

triangular emergency warning device and type of snow chains for your

behind the vehicle (if available). tires. Incorrect snow chains can

Always place the vehicle in N cause damage to the vehicle

(Neutral), apply the parking brake body and suspension. Damage

and turn off the engine before to your vehicle caused by

installing snow chains.

improper tire chain use is not

covered by your vehicle manu-

OJSN058036

facturer's warranty.

Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chas-

· If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent

contact with the vehicle body.

· To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

sis, stop and tighten them. If they still

· Do not use tire chains on vehi-

make contact, slow down until the

cles equipped with aluminum

noise stops. Remove the tire chains

wheels. If unavoidable, use a

as soon as you begin driving on

wire type snow chain.

cleared roads.

· Use wire chains less than 0.47

inch (12 mm) wide to prevent

damage to the chain's connec-

tion.

Driving your vehicle

5-125

Driving your vehicle

Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in chapter 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.

Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the paint finish.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you have parked the vehicle and blocked the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

5-126

Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.

To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.

Don't place foreign objects or materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.

5
5-127

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.

5-128

Tire Loading Information Label
Type A

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

Type B

OBU060033N

OBU068034N

5
5-129

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight 699 lbs. (317 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity Total : 4 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 2 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.
5-130

Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (eg. 1400 - 750 = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)

5
Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)

5-131

Driving your vehicle

Certification label

The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.

OBH059070
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

WARNING
Overloading
· Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
· Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may result in a crash.

5-132

NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
· Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
· Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.
· Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.
· When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.

5
5-133

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 Towing ...................................................................6-21

In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ........6-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
If the Engine Will Not Start..................................6-3

Towing Service.................................................................6-21 Dinghy towing ..................................................................6-22 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-22 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-23 Tie-down Hook................................................................6-25

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over

or Turns Over Slowly........................................................6-3

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but

Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3

Jump Starting..........................................................6-4

If the Engine Overheats........................................6-6

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8

Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8

Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-9

Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with

Position Indicator ............................................................6-10

TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11

Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12

If You Have a Flat Tire........................................6-14

With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ........................................6-14

What to do in an emergency

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OJSN048034
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
· The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
· The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
· Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.

6-2

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start

What to do in an emergency

If a tire goes flat while you are driving: · Be sure the shift lever is in N Check the fuel level and add fuel if

· Take your foot off the accelerator (Neutral). The engine starts only necessary.

pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not

when the shift lever is in N If the engine still does not start, have

(Neutral).

your vehicle checked by an author-

apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake care-

· Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
· Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

fully and pull off the road. Drive off Do not push or pull the vehicle to

the road as far as possible and park start it. This could cause damage to

on firm, level ground. If you are on your vehicle. See instructions for

a divided highway, do not park in "Jump Starting" provided in this

the median area between the two chapter.

traffic lanes.

· When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into N (Neutral), and apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.

CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.

· When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.

6-3

What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.

WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.

6-4

What to do in an emergency

· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information

Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.

An inappropriately disposed 3. Turn off all electrical devices such

battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in N (Neutral) and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

1VQA4001
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+)

NOTICE

jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

To prevent damage to your vehicle:
· Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle.

5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).

· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.

6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

6-5

What to do in an emergency

7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gage indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.

6-6

What to do in an emergency

WARNING

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine

While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the

Your vehicle is

equipped with a pres-

surized

coolant

reserve tank. NEVER

remove the engine

coolant reservoir tank/radiator

cap or the drain plug while the

engine and radiator are HOT.

Hot coolant and steam may

blow out under pressure, caus-

ing serious injury.

temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

radiator, hoses or under the vehi- Turn the engine off and wait

cle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold

until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when remov-

CAUTION

water to be draining from it when you stop.)

ing the engine coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap. Wrap a towel

Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling sys-

5. If engine coolant is leaking out, or thick rag around it, and turn it

tem and should be checked as

stop the engine immediately and counterclockwise slowly to

soon as possible by an author-

call the nearest authorized release some of the pressure

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

from the system. Step back

while the pressure is released.

When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.

6-7

What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure

· The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gage.
· You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).

OJSN068003
OJS068004L
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-8

OBU040119N
· You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.
· A "Drive to display" message will appear for the first few minutes of driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed after a few minutes of driving, check the tire pressures.

What to do in an emergency

Tire Pressure Monitoring

As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped

System

vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not

WARNING

that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS maltelltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with

Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the

the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly

tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.

tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is

when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be

pressure recommended by the vehicle ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres-

manufacturer on the vehicle placard or affect the vehicle's handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-

tire inflation pressure label. A cold tire stopping ability.

tions may occur for a variety of rea-

means the vehicle has been sitting for Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of

3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or

(1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.

nance, and it is the driver's responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent

Allow the tire to cool before measur- bility to maintain correct tire pres- the TPMS from functioning properly.

ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction

sure the tire is cold before inflating to reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more

the recommended pressure. If your tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to

vehicle has tires of a different size telltale.

ensure that the replacement or alter-

than the size indicated on the vehicle

nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS

placard or tire inflation pressure

to continue to function properly.

label, you should determine the

proper tire inflation pressure for

those tires.

6-9

What to do in an emergency

NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated

Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator
OJS068006L
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.

If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

6-10

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.

WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.

TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the individual tire pres-
sures in the cluster LCD display 6
will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

6-11

What to do in an emergency

NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving. If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
You may not be able identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gage to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

6-12

What to do in an emergency

WARNING
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
· If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

i Information

Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure con-

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- 2. This device must accept any inter-

tions. Tampering with, modify-

ference received, including interfer-

ing, or disabling the Tire

ence that may cause undesired

Pressure Monitoring System

operation.

(TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

6-13

What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)
OBU068010N
For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION
One sealant bottle for one tire When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.
WARNING
Tire wall Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING
Temporary fix Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire flat.
The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most small punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of (50 mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement.
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures, cannot be sealed completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

6-14

What to do in an emergency

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed Notes on the safe use of the

· Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a

or intended as a permanent tire Tire Mobility Kit

tire is severely damaged by driving

repair method and is to be used for · Park your car at the side of the

one tire only.

road so that you can work with the

run flat or with insufficient air pressure.

This instruction shows you step by Tire Mobility Kit away from moving · Do not remove any foreign objects

step how to temporarily seal the traffic.

such as nails or screws that have

puncture simply and reliably.

· To be sure your vehicle will not penetrated the tire.

Read the section "Notes on the safe move, even when you're on fairly · Provided the car is outdoors, leave

use of the Tire Mobility Kit".

level ground, always set your park- the engine running. Otherwise

ing brake.

operating the compressor may

· Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for eventually drain the car battery.

sealing/inflation passenger car · Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit

tires. Only punctured areas located unattended while it is being used.

within the tread region of the tire · Do not leave the compressor run-

can be sealed using the tire mobil- ning for more than 10 minutes at a

ity kit.

time or it may overheat.

· Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- · Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if 6

cles or any other type of tires.

the ambient temperature is below

· When the tire and wheel are dam- -22°F (-30°C).

aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit · In case of skin contact with the-

for your safety.

sealant, wash the area thoroughly-

· Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not with plenty of water. If the irritation-

be effective for tire damage larger persists, seek medical attention.

than approximately 0.24 inch (6 · In case of eye contact with the

mm).

sealant, flush your eyes for at least

Please contact the nearest 15 minutes. If the irritation persists,

HYUNDAI dealership if the tire seek medical attention.

cannot be made roadworthy with

the Tire Mobility Kit.

6-15

What to do in an emergency

· In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately.
· Long time exposure to the sealantmay cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc.

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Speed restriction label
2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel

OAE067039
4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection
5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch

6-16

What to do in an emergency

8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure

Using the Tire Mobility Kit
CAUTION

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

Strictly follow the specified sequence,

otherwise the sealant may escape

OAEPH067041L

under high pressure.

2. Screw the filling hose (3) onto the

connector of the sealant bottle (2).

WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

OJSN068011 3. Insert the sealant bottle into the

Detach the speed restriction

housing of the compressor (5) so

label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel

that the bottle is upright.
4. Ensure that the button (9) on the compressor is not pressed.

to remind the driver not to drive

too fast.

WARNING
· Keep out of reach of children. · Avoid contact with eyes. · Do not swallow.

1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

6-17

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 30 psi (210 kPa). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

OJSN068012
5. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.
6. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.
CAUTION
Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.

OBU068013N
7. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
8. With the vehicle ON, switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.

9. Switch off the compressor. 10. Detach the hoses from the
sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur.

6-18

Checking the tire inflation pressure
1. After driving approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location.

What to do in an emergency

OLMF064106

OJSN068012

Distributing the sealant

3. Connect the other end of the filling

11. Immediately drive approximately

hose (3) directly into the tire valve.

4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10

4. Plug the compressor power cord

minutes) to evenly distribute the

(4) into the vehicle power outlet.

sealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph

OAEPH067041

(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).

2. Connect the filling hose (3) directly into the compressor.

While driving, if you experience any

unusual vibration, ride disturbance or

noise, reduce your speed and drive

with caution until you can safely pull

off of the side of the road.

Call for road side service or towing. When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be damaged by sealant, have it inspected at an authorized dealer.

6-19

What to do in an emergency

5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation.
With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the compressor.
i Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.

CAUTION
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.
i Information
When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

6-20

What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing Service

On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.

CAUTION · Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
OJSN068015

OJSN068008L
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

· Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use a wheel lift or

flatbed equipment.

OJSN068014

6-21

What to do in an emergency

WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.

Dinghy towing

Removable Towing Hook

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION

OBU068032N
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home. To avoid serious damage to your vehicle, do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground.

Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the transmission.

Front

OBU068029N OBU068016N

6-22

What to do in an emergency

Rear

Emergency Towing
Front

If a towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.

OBU068017N
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

Rear

OBU068018N

Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

6
CAUTION

OBU068019N

The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.

If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

6-23

What to do in an emergency

Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
· Place the ignition switch in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. (if equipped)
· Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
· Release the parking brake.
· Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance.
· More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
· Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.
· The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
· Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged.
· Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.
· Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

OJSN068020
· Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inch (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
· Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
· The vehicle should be towed at a speed of 15 mph or less within the distance of 12 mph.

NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing:
· Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
· Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.

6-24

Tie-down Hook
WARNING
Do not use the tie-down hook(s) for towing purposes. If the tiedown hook(s) are used for towing, the tie-down hook(s) or bumper will be damaged and this could lead to serious injury.

6
6-25

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Engine Compartment .............................................7-3 Air Cleaner ............................................................7-24

Maintenance Services ...........................................7-4

Filter Replacement..........................................................7-24

Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4

Climate Control Air Filter ....................................7-25

Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Filter Inspection...............................................................7-25

Owner Maintenance ..............................................7-5 Wiper Blades.........................................................7-26

Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6

Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-26

Scheduled Maintenance Services........................7-7

Blade Replacement .........................................................7-26

Normal Maintenance Schedule ......................................7-8

Battery...................................................................7-29

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions ........7-11

For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-30

Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ......................................................................7-13

Battery Recharging ........................................................7-30 Reset Features.................................................................7-31

Engine Oil ..............................................................7-16

Tires and Wheels .................................................7-32

Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-16

Tire Care............................................................................7-33

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-17

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-33

Engine Coolant .....................................................7-18

Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-34

Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-18

Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-35

Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-21

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-36

Brake/Clutch Fluid ...............................................7-22 Checking the brake/clutch Fluid Level ......................7-22
Washer Fluid.........................................................7-23 Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-23
Parking Brake .......................................................7-23

Tire Replacement ............................................................7-36

Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-37

Tire Traction .....................................................................7-37

Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-37

Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-37

Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-23

Maintenance

Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-41

All Season Tires...............................................................7-44

Summer Tires ...................................................................7-44

Snow Tires ........................................................................7-45

Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-45

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-45

Fuses......................................................................7-47

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-48

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-49

Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-51

Light Bulbs ............................................................7-61

Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light,

Turn signal lamp and Side marker ..............................7-62

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-65

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-65

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-68

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-68

Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-68

Appearance Care..................................................7-70 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-70

Interior Care .....................................................................7-75

Emission Control System ....................................7-78 Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-78 Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)................................................................................7-78 Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-79
California Perchlorate Notice.............................7-82

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Gasoline Engine (2.0 T-GDI)

Maintenance

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Fuse box 3. Battery 4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 5. Air cleaner 6. Engine oil dipstick 7. Engine oil filler cap 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OJSN078001
7-3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.

Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-4

OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
· Park your vehicle on level ground, move the shift lever into the N (Neutral), apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.

· If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.

The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.

Maintenance

7-5

Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel: · Check the engine oil level. · Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir. · Check the windshield washer fluid
level. · Check the for low or under-inflated
tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.

While operating your vehicle:
· Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
· When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
· If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
· Check the parking brake.
· Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

At least monthly:
· Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
· Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
· Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
· Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
· Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
· Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
· Check headlamp alignment.
· Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps.
· Check the seat belts for wear and function.

7-6

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES

At least once a year: · Clean body and door drain holes.
· Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
· Lubricate door and hood locks and latches.
· Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
· Lubricate door checker.
· Check the air conditioning system.
· Clean the battery and terminals.
· Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
· Repeated short distance driving.
· Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas.
· Extensive use of brakes.
· Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used.
· Driving on rough or muddy roads.

· Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semisynthetic, lower grade spec, etc.)
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· Driving in mountainous areas.

· Extended periods of idling or low speed operation.

· Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-

ly humid climates.

· More than 50% driving in heavy

city traffic during hot weather

above 90°F (32°C).

Maintenance

7-7

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Engine oil and engine oil filter

RRRRRRRRRRRRRR R

Fuel additives *1

Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Rotate tires

Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

Replace every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 12 months

Air cleaner filter Spark plugs

Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)

Drive belts *2

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months, after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months

Valve clearance *3

Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

Vacuum hose

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform
the operation.

7-8

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Engine coolant

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years after that, replace every 24,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose

At first, Inspect at 5,000 miles(8,000km) or 6 months After that, Inspect every 20,000 miles (32,000km) or 24 months

Battery condition

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Brake lines, hoses and connections

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Rear brake disc/pads

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots / lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

IIII

Driveshaft and boots

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Suspension mounting bolts

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Air conditioner refrigerant

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Air conditioner compressor

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Exhaust pipe and muffler

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

7-9

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months

MAINTENANCE ITEM
Manual transmission fluid

Miles×1,000 Km×1,000

Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank

Fuel tank air filter *4

Fuel filter *4

Fuel lines, hoses and connections

Parking brake

Brake/Clutch fluid

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Inspect every 60,000km (40,000miles) or 48 months

Inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months, Replace every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*4 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

7-10

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace or change. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

MAINTENANCE ITEM Engine oil and filter

MAINTENANCE OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter

More frequently

C, E

Spark plugs Manual transmission fluid Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid Front brake disc/pads, calipers

More frequently

A, B, F, G, H, I, K

Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km)

C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Every 62,000 miles (100,000 km)

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

More frequently

C, D, E, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads

More frequently

C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake

More frequently

C, D, G, H

Maintenance

7-11

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE ITEM
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

MAINTENANCE OPERATION
I

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS More frequently

DRIVING CONDITION
C, D, E, F, G

Drive shafts and boots

More frequently

C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

Severe driving conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather

More frequently

C, E, G

E - Driving in heavy dust conditions F - Driving in heavy traffic area G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H- Towing a trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions L : Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type,
Semi-synthetic, lower grade spec, etc.)

7-12

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine Oil and Filter

Fuel Filter

The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.

A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the hard starting. When a considerable amount of foreign substances are accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced.

Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.

Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

Maintenance

7-13

Maintenance

Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation Hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to ensure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

Air Cleaner Filter A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.
Cooling System Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Engine Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.

CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only the specified transmission fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

7-14

Manual Transmission Fluid
Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule.
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.

Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots

Brake/Clutch Fluid
Check the brake/clutch fluid level in the brake/clutch fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust

Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

reservoir. Use only hydraulic gas leakage. Tighten connections or

brake/clutch fluid conforming to DOT replace parts as necessary.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant

3 or DOT 4 specification.

Check the air conditioning lines and 7

Suspension Mounting Bolts

connections for leakage and dam-

age.

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Maintenance

7-15

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in N (Neutral) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about ten minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

OPDE076067
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

OJSN078006
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil. (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

7-16

NOTICE

Checking the Engine Oil and

Filter

To prevent damage to your

WARNING

engine:

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

· Do not overfill with engine oil.

WARNING

Add oil in small quantities and

Engine oil contains chemicals

recheck level to ensure engine

known to the State of California

is not overfilled.

to cause cancer, birth defects

· Do not spill engine oil when

and reproductive harm. Used

adding or changing engine oil.

engine oil may cause irritation

Use a funnel to help prevent oil

or cancer of the skin if left in

from being spilled on engine

contact with the skin for pro-

components. Wipe off spilled oil

longed periods of time. Always

immediately.

protect your skin by washing

your hands thoroughly with

Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance

soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

Schedule at the beginning of this

chapter.

Maintenance

7-17

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.
NOTICE · When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities. · Do not drive with no engine coolant. It may cause water pump failure and engine seizure, etc.
7-18

Checking the Engine Coolant Level
OJSN078008
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between MAX and MIN (or F (Full) and L (Low)) marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the F mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant
· When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
· An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.
· The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
· Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
· Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:

WARNING

Ambient Temperature
5°F (-15°C) -13°F (-25°C)

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze

Water

Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving.

-31°F (-35°C)

Engine room front view

-49°F (-45°C)

OPDE076071

i Information

2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant

If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%

cap is securely interlocked.

water and 50% antifreeze mix is the

easiest to mix together as it will be the

same quantity of each. It is suitable to

use for most temperature ranges of

- 31°F and higher.

OTL075062

1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight In front.

Maintenance

7-19

Maintenance

OJSN078010
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the engine coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition. If your vehicle is equipped with GDI, the electric motor for the cooling fan may begin to operate at any time and continue to operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable.

7-20

Changing Engine Coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING

NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.

Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.

7
7-21

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake/clutch Fluid Level
OJSN078011
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add the specified brake/clutch fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake/clutch linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake/ clutch system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
If the brake/clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake/clutch system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.

NOTICE
· Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
· Brake/clutch fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
· Do not use the wrong kind of brake/clutch fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage system parts.
i Information
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

7-22

WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid Level

WARNING

PARKING BRAKE Checking the Parking Brake

To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:

· Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.

Engine coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed

on the windshield and may

cause loss of vehicle control

OJSN078013

OJSN078012
Check the fluid level in the washer

resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.

Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- · Do not allow sparks or flames "clicks" heard while fully applying it

sary. Plain water may be used if

to contact the washer fluid or from the released position. Also, the

washer fluid is not available.

the washer fluid reservoir. parking brake alone should securely

However, use washer solvent with

Washer fluid may contain alco- hold the vehicle on a fairly steep

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

hol and can be flammable.

grade. If the stroke is more or less 7

mates to prevent freezing.

· Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to

than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

humans and animals.

Stroke : 5~7 clicks at a force of 44

· Keep washer fluid away from

lbs (20 kg, 196 N)

children and animals.

Maintenance

7-23

Maintenance
AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement

OJSN078015
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced.

OJSN078016
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

OJS078047
4. Insert the air cleaner cover in the hinge and engage the clamp after closing the cover.
5. Check that the cover is firmly installed.

7-24

OJSN078017
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE
· Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.
· When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.

Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.

OJS078020
2. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on the right side of the cover.

· Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.

Use of non-genuine parts could

damage the air flow sensor.

Maintenance

OJS078018
1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.
7-25

Maintenance

OPD076026
3. Replace the climate control air filter.
4. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards, otherwise, it may be noisy and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

WIPER BLADES Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: · Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near them. · Attempt to move the wipers manually. · Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

Blade Replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
NOTICE
· In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
· Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.

7-26

Front windshield wiper blade replacement

5. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.

Maintenance

OLMB073021

OLMB073020
1. Put the front windshield wipers into the service position.
2. Raise the wiper arm and slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.

NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

OLMB073022
3. Press the clip (1) and slide the blade assembly downward (2).
4. Lift it off the arm.

7
7-27

Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade replacement

OJS078066
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

OJS078067
2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have the wiper blades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-28

BATTERY

WARNING

Batteries contain sulfu- · NEVER attempt to recharge

ric acid which is highly

the battery when the vehicle's

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

corrosive. Do not allow

battery cables are connected

DEATH to you or bystanders,

acid to contact your

to the battery.

always follow these precautions

eyes, skin or clothing.

· The electrical ignition system

when working near or handling

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

works with high voltage.

the battery:

your eyes with clean water for at

NEVER touch these compo-

Always read and follow

least 15 minutes and get imme-

nents with the engine running

instructions carefully

diate medical attention. If acid

or when the ignition switch is

when handling a battery.

gets on your skin, thoroughly

in the ON position.

Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.

wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.

Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.

· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

Maintenance

7-29

Maintenance

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
· When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
· Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.

For Best Battery Service
OJSN078021
· Keep the battery securely mounted.
· Keep the battery top clean and dry. · Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. · Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.

Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position.
· Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.

7-30

· Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
(2) Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more details on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

Reset Features
The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:
· Power Windows
· Trip Computer
· Climate Control System
· Clock
· Audio System

· Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery

when you replace the battery.

Maintenance

7-31

Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
· The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
· Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.
· ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

i Information - Power Hop
When fully accelerating the vehicle from standstill, a front tire oscillation called "Power Hop" of Veloster N may occur due to the high torque of engine and the characteristics of high performance tire. This may be affected by road condition and temperatures.
Additionally it is a normal phenome non in powerful front-wheel drive vehicles. Veloster N will act on this phenomenon with the traction control in all ESC modes with the main focus on high performance character.

7-32

Tire Care

Recommended Cold Tire

For proper maintenance, safety, and Inflation Pressures

WARNING

maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.

All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or has been driven for less than one mile (1.6 km).

Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely

Warm tires normally exceed recom- affect vehicle handling, and

mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 lead to sudden tire failure that

psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air could result in loss of vehicle

from warm tires to adjust the pres- control resulting in an accident.

sure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.

Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result

in the loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. This

OBU088003N
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label

risk is much higher on hot days

and when driving for long periods at high speeds.

attached to the driver's side center

pillar.

Maintenance

7-33

Maintenance

CAUTION
· Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar or in this manual. No further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

7-34

Tire Rotation

i Information

To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.

Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful

During rotation, check the tires for

attention to the markings on the side-

correct balance.

walls of the tires, noting the "outside"

When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or

ODH073802
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.

marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the vehicle.
WARNING

bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).

· Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.

· Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics that may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

Maintenance

7-35

Maintenance

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the tread surface to become level with the tread wear indicators before replacing the tire.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY:
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
· Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

7-36

· Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.

Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.

Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.

· When replacing tires (or

When you have new tires installed,

wheels), it is recommended to Tire Traction

make sure they are balanced. This

replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new tires on the rear axle.
· Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading con-

Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when the tread depth is at least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides

ditions can accelerate the

the tire identification number (TIN)

aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause

for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in

sudden tire failure, which

case of a recall.

could lead to a loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

Maintenance

7-37

Maintenance

1 5,6 7
4

OLMB073028

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.

Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) 235/35R19 91Y
235 - Tire width in millimeters. 35 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 19 - Rim diameter in inches. 91 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry. Y - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 8.0J X 19
8.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 19 - Rim diameter in inches.

7-38

Tire speed ratings

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

4. Tire ply composition and

The chart below lists many of the dif-

Identification Number)

material

ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over six years old, The number of layers or plies of rub-

used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be manufacturers also must indicate the

designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find materials in the tire, which include

tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the The letter "R" means radial ply con-

ating speed.

wheel), displaying the DOT Code. struction; the letter "D" means diago-

Speed

The DOT Code is a series of num- nal or bias ply construction; and the bers on a tire consisting of numbers letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

Rating

Maximum Speed

and English letters. The manufactur- struction.

Symbol

ing date is designated by the last four

S T

112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h)

digits (characters) of the DOT code. 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure

130 mph (210 km/h)

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

149 mph (240 km/h)

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in

W Y

168 mph (270 km/h) 186 mph (300 km/h)

The front part of the DOT shows a the tire. Do not exceed the maximum plant code number, tire size and permissible inflation pressure. Refer

tread pattern and the last four num- to the Tire and Loading Information bers indicate week and year manu- label for recommended inflation

factured.

pressure.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1420 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2020.

Maintenance

7-39

Maintenance

6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD WEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

7-40

Temperature - A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the

WARNING

Tire Terminology and Definitions

highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either

Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Sustained high temperature can separately or in combination, cause the material of the tire to can cause heat build-up and Accessory Weight

degenerate and reduce tire life, and possible sudden tire failure. This means the combined weight of

excessive temperature can lead to This may cause loss of vehicle optional accessories. Some exam-

sudden tire failure. Grade C control resulting in an accident. ples of optional accessories are

responds to a level of performance

power seats and air conditioning.

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Aspect Ratio

Grades B and A represent higher

The relationship of a tire's height to

levels of performance on the labora-

its width.

tory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

Belt

A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

Maintenance

7-41

Maintenance

Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

7-42

Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.

Recommended Inflation Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

Maintenance

Occupant Distribution

Sidewall

Designated seating positions.

Pneumatic options weight

The portion of a tire between the

The combined weight of installed tread and the bead.

Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on

regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.

the inner facing sidewall.

7-43

Maintenance

Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the tread of a tire when only 2/32nds of an inch of tread remains.
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer Tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

7-44

Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.

Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-

WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply Low Aspect Ratio Tires

Radial-Ply Tires

tires should always be used as a set The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on

Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and

for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.

low aspect ratio tires. Because low aspect ratio tires are

smoother high speed ride. The radi- Longer wearing tires can be more optimized for handling and braking,

al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of susceptible to irregular tread wear. It their sidewall is a little stiffer than a

belted construction, and are selected is very important to follow the tire standard tire. Also low aspect ratio

to complement the ride and handling rotation interval in this chapter to tires tend to be wider and conse-

characteristics of your vehicle.

achieve the tread life potential of quently have a greater contact patch

these tires. Cuts and punctures in with the road surface. In some radial-ply tires are repairable only in instances they may generate more

the tread area, because of sidewall road noise compared with standard

flexing. Consult your tire dealer for tires.

radial-ply tire repairs.

Maintenance

7-45

Maintenance

CAUTION
Because the sidewall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than a standard tire, the rim of the wheel and the tire itself is more easily susceptible to damage. Use caution when driving and follow the guidelines below to help minimize damage to the wheel and tire:
- When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000km).

CAUTION
· It is not easy to recognize tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
· If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.

7-46

FUSES

Blade type

If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check

WARNING

Normal Cartridge type

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the NEVER replace a fuse with any-

fuse will be melted or broken.

thing but another fuse of the

Blown

If the electrical system does not same rating.

work, first check the driver's side · A higher capacity fuse could

fuse panel. Before replacing a blown

cause damage and possibly

fuse, turn the engine and all switches

cause a fire.

off, and then disconnect the negative · Do not install a wire or alu-

battery cable. Always replace a

minum foil instead of the

Normal Multi fuse

Blown

blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid

proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.

using the system involved and imme-

diately consult an authorized NOTICE HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not use a screwdriver or any

Normal

Blown

other metal object to remove

OLF074075
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam-

fuses because it may cause a 7
short circuit and damage the system.

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.

Maintenance

7-47

Maintenance

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement

In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.

OJSN078022
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.

OJSN078079
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-48

Fuse switch

i Information

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
Blade type fuse

Maintenance

OJSN078023
Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly.

OOS047142L
If the fuse switch is OFF, the above message will appear.
NOTICE
· Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle.
· Do not move the fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged.

Cartridge type fuse

OJSN078077
7

OJSN078078
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF.

7-49

Maintenance

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuse

Multi fuse

CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely close the fuse box cover inside the engine compartment, until it clicks. If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.
7-50

OJSN078075
If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
If the main fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OJSN078076
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel
OJSN078022
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

7
OBU070541N
7-51

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating

Protected Component

MODULE5

7.5A

Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio, A/C Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

MODULE3
TAIL GATE OPEN
P/WINDOW LH
MULTI MEDIA
P/WINDOW RH
P/SEAT (DRV)

7.5A 10A 25A 15A 25A 25A

BCM T/Gate Relay Driver Safety Power Window Module Audio, Keyboard Power Window RH Relay Driver Seat Manual Switch

MODULE4

7.5A

ECS Unit, LSD Unit, Steering Angle Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch, Active Exhaust Valve, BCM

PDM2
INTERIOR LAMP
MEMORY

7.5A 7.5A 10A

Smart Key Control Module Overhead Console Lamp, Center Room Lamp, Luggage Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module

AMP

30A

AMP

7-52

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating

SUNROOF1

20A

Sunroof

Protected Component

SUNROOF2

20A

Sunroof

MODULE6

7.5A

BCM, Smart Key Control Module

MDPS

7.5A

MDPS Unit

MODULE1

7.5A

Data Link Connector, BCM, Hazard Switch

MODULE7

7.5A

Front Seat Warmer Module, ESG Unit, Cooling Fan Control Module

A/BAG IND

7.5A

Instrument Cluster, Hazard Switch

ECS

15A

ECS Unit

START

7.5A

ECM, Smart Key Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Start #1 Relay)

CLUSTER

7.5A

Instrument Cluster

DOOR LOCK

20A

Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (T/Turn Unlock & D/Lock Relay)

PDM3

7.5A

Start Stop Button Switch

7
7-53

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name
BRAKE SWITCH

Fuse Rating

Protected Component

7.5A

Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER

20A

Front Seat Warmer Module

A/C1

7.5A

A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

PDM1

15A

Smart Key Control Module

AIR BAG

15A

Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor, SRS Control Module

IG1

25A

PCB Block (Fuse - ESC3, ECU3, VACUUM PUMP2)

MODULE2

10A

Keyboard, USB Charge, Audio, BCM, Smart Key Control Module

WASHER
WIPER (LO/HI)

15A

Multifunction Switch

10A

BCM, ECM, Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

7-54

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating

WIPER RR

15A

Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

Protected Component

WIPER FRT
HEATED MIRROR POWER OUTLET HEATED STEERING
E-LSD

25A

Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

10A

Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module

20A

Front Power Outlet

15A

BCM

20A

LSD Unit

7
7-55

Maintenance

Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel M/T
OJSN078080
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
7-56

DCT OBU078063N/OBU070063N

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating

Protected Component

ALT

180A

Alternator, E/R Junction Block (Fuse - MDPS, ESC1, ESC2, B/ALARM HORN)

MDPS

100A

MDPS Unit

B+5

60A

PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse - ECU2, HORN, A/C)

B+2

60A

IGPM (IPS0/IPS1/IPS2, Fuse - S/HEATER)

M/T B+3
DCT

60A IGPM (IPS3/IPS4/IPS5/IPS6)
50A

B+4

50A

IGPM (Fuse - ECS, AMP, P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN, E-LSD, P/SEAT (DRV))

REAR HEATED

40A

Rear Heated Relay

BLOWER

40A

Blower Relay

IG1

40A

E/R Junction Block (PDM #2 (ACC) Relay, PDM #3 (IG1) Relay)

IG2
COOLING FAN

40A

Start1 Relay, E/R Junction Block (PDM #4 (IG2) Relay)

80A

Cooling Fan Control Module

7-57

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating

E-CVVT3

40A

E-CVVT Relay

Protected Component

FUEL PUMP
VACUUM PUMP1
B+1
B/ALARM HORN
ESC1

20A

Fuel Pump Relay

20A

Electronic Vacuum Pump

40A

IGPM (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM1, PDM3, MODULE1, DOOR LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device

15A

B/Alarm Horn Relay

40A

ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ESC2

30A

ESC Control Module

E-CVVT1

20A

ECM

E-CVVT2

20A

ECM

7-58

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating

Protected Component

ECU3

10A

ECM

VACUUM PUMP2

15A

Electronic Vacuum Pump, Vacuum Switch

ESC3

10A

ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

EWP

DCT2 60A (TCU B+) Electric Water Pump
DCT3 15A (TCU IG1)

SENSOR3

10A

Clutch Pedal Position Sensor, E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

ECU2

15A

ECM

HORN SENSOR2
ECU1

15A

Horn Relay

10A

Canister Close Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve, Recirculation Valve Control Solenoid Valve, PCB Block (A/Con Comp Relay)

20A

ECM

SENSOR1

15A

Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

IGN COIL

20A

Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

A/C

10A

A/Con Comp Relay

7
7-59

Maintenance

Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover) (if equipped)

OJSN078081
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.

i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OPD076065
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.

7-60

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially

i Information - Desiccant
(if equipped)
This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to reduce fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture.

NOTICE
Light replacement Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause

true for removing the headlamp The desiccant is consumable and its damage to the fuse or electric

assembly to get to the bulb(s).

performance may change based on the wiring system.

Removing/installing the headlamp used period or environment.

assembly can result in damage to If fogging inside the headlamp due to NOTICE

the vehicle.
i Information

moisture continues for a long time, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Headlamp lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the headlamp lens with chemical

The headlamp and tail lamp lenses

solvents or strong detergents.

could appear frosty if the vehicle is

washed after driving or the vehicle is

driven at night in wet weather. This

condition is caused by temperature

difference between the lamp inside

and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When

moisture condenses in the lamp, it will

be removed after driving with the

headlamp on. The removable level

may differ depending on lamp size,

lamp position and environmental con-

dition. However, if moisture is not

removed, we recommend that your

vehicle is inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

7-61

Maintenance

WARNING
· Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the foot brake, move the shift lever into N (Neutral) apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
· Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers.

Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker
OBU078064N
(1) Headlamp (High) (2) Headlamp (Low) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Parking lamp &
Daytime running light (DRL) (5) Side marker

WARNING
OLMB073042L
· Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken.
· Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

7-62

· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
· If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.

Headlamp (Low beam), side marker, parking lamp and daytime running light
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Headlamp (High beam)

OJS078029

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.

4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.

5. Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly.

Maintenance

7-63

Maintenance

6. Install a new headlamp bulb and snap the headlamp bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb.
7. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OJS078059L
Turn signal
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

7-64

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement

Side marker and Stop/Tail lamp light
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OJS078030

OBU078031N

If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(1) Stop/Tail lamp (2) Turn signal lamp (3) Backup lamp

(4) Side marker
7

Maintenance

7-65

Maintenance

OJS078032
Turn signal lamp 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Open the lamp assembly retaining
screw covers. 3. Loosen the lamp assembly retain-
ing screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
7-66

OJS078033
4. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.
5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

OJSN078036L
[A] : Turn signal lamp
6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
8. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

OJS078034

8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.
OJSN078038L

Backup lamp

[A] : Backup lamp

1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Remove the service cover using a flat-blade screwdriver.

4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

Maintenance

7-67

Maintenance
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement

Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp and room lamp

OJSN078039
If the high mounted stop lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OJS078040
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OAEE076026

OAEE076027
Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replacement bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-68

Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp

Map lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

WARNING

Room lamp

OOS077053

Luggage compartment lamp

OJS078041

Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the "OFF" button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

OOS077054

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place.
7
NOTICE

OBU078042N

Be careful not to damage the cover, tab, and plastic housing.

Maintenance

7-69

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

NOTICE
· Do not use harsh soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
· Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
· To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

7-70

High-pressure washing

NOTICE

· When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)

Insufficient clearance or excessive

Automatic car wash which uses

pressure can lead to component

rotating brushes should not be

damage or water penetration.

used as this can damage the sur-

· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not oper-

OBU078046N

face of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove.

ate normally.
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers)or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.

NOTICE
· Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine com-

Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too

· Do not use any high-pressure noz- partment.

dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami-

zles, which induce either one-direct water stream or water swirling.

· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with

nant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the car.

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

Maintenance

7-71

Maintenance

Waxing A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
7-72

NOTICE
· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In case wax is applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and if any tar or tar contaminant is on the surface use a tar remover to clean. However, be careful not to apply too much pressure on the painted area.

Repairing your vehicle's finish
Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair.

Bright-metal maintenance

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- Aluminum wheel maintenance

· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

body and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.

The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
· Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
· Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the

Underbody maintenance

WARNING

wheels after driving on salted roads.

Corrosive materials used for ice and

· Do not wash the wheels with

snow removal and dust control may After washing the vehicle, test

high-speed car wash brushes.

collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame,

the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by

· Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.

floor pan and exhaust system, even applying them lightly while

though they have been treated with maintaining a slow forward

rust protection.

speed.

Maintenance

7-73

Maintenance

Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
· Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.

7-74

· When cleaning underneath the Keep your garage dry

Interior Care

vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.

· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the atten-

NOTICE
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

tion of a qualified body and paint · When cleaning leather products

shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alco-

hol content solutions. If you use

high alcohol content solutions

or acid/alkaline detergents, the

color of the leather may fade or

the surface may get stripped off.

Maintenance

7-75

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)
· Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.

CAUTION
· Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.

7-76

· Caring for the leather seats

· Cleaning the leather seats

Cleaning the seat belt webbing

- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.

- Remove all contaminations instant- Clean the belt webbing with any mild

ly. Refer to instructions below for soap solution recommended for

removal of each contaminant.

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot.

the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.

Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth

and remove water with a dry cloth. Cleaning the interior window

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) glass

Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with

If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum

NOTICE Do not scrape or scratch the

Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

Maintenance

7-77

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.

NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
· To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
· After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control System
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.

7-78

Canister

3. Exhaust Emission Control Engine exhaust (carbon monox-

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel

System

ide) precautions

tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.

The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to

· Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the

WARNING

(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up

emission system.

Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

Maintenance

7-79

Maintenance

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

· Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
· When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.
· Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
· When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot during and immediately after the engine has been running. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
· Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

7-80

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
· Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
· Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
· Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
· Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).

· Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.

7
7-81

Maintenance

Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-82

Specifications & Consumer information

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine ......................................................................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-4 Volume and Weight................................................8-6 Air Conditioning System........................................8-6 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number ..........................8-8 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................8-9 Vehicle Certification Label....................................8-9 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-10 Engine Number .....................................................8-10 Consumer Information.........................................8-11 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-12
8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread Wheelbase M/T: Manual Transmission DCT: Dual Clutch Transmission

Items
M/T DCT M/T DCT

225/40ZR18 235/35R19 225/40ZR18 235/35R19 235/35R19 225/40ZR18 235/35R19 235/35R19

ENGINE
Items 2.0 T-GDI

Displacement
121.9 cu. in (1,998 cc)

Bore x Stroke
3.39 x 3.39 in. (86 x 86 mm)

in (mm) 167.91 (4,265) 71.26 (1,810) 55.08 (1,399) 54.88 (1,394) 61.30 (1,557) 61.22 (1,555) 61.93 (1,573) 61.65 (1,566) 61.57 (1,564) 61.57 (1,564) 104.33 (2,650)

Firing order 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder

8-2

BULB WATTAGE

Front Rear

Light Bulb

Headlamp

Low High

Turn signal lamp

Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror)

Daytime running lamp (DRL) / parking lamp

Side Marker Lamp

Stop/Tail

Rear combination lamp Turn signal

Back up

License plate lamp

High mounted stop lamp

Side Marker Lamp

Map lamp

Interior

Room lamp
Vanity mirror lamp Liftgate room lamp

Bulb Type LED
HB3 Hyper L/L 28W/8W LED LED LED LED PY27W W16W W5W LED LED W10W LED FESTOON LED FESTOON FESTOON

Wattage

LED

8-3

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS
Full size tire

Tire Size

Wheel Size

Inflation pressure [bar (kPa, psi)]

Transmission

Normal Load (less than 100mph
or 160km/h)

Maximum Load (less than 100mph
or 160km/h)

High-speed driving (over 100mph or 160km/h) *1

Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear

Track driving *2 Front Rear

Wheel lug nut torque
[kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)]

225/40ZR18 7.5J X 18 235/35R19 8.0J X 19

M/T M/T DCT

2.5

2.3

2.8

2.5

(250, 36) (230, 33) (280, 41) (280, 41) (280, 41) (280, 41) (250, 36) (250, 36)

2.6

2.4

2.9

(260, 38) (240, 35) (290, 42) (290, 42)

2.9 (290, 42)

2.9

2.6

(290, 42) (260, 38) (260, 38)

11~13 (79~94, 107~127)

2.55

2.4

2.9

(255,37) (240,35) (290,42) (290,42) (290,42) (290,42) (290,42) (290,42)

M/T : Manual Transmission DCT : Dual Clutch Transmission *1 : Must drive only where the speed is legal *2 : Refers to the recommended inflation pressure for the hot tire condition (state when the tire temperature is increased). Limited
number of passengers is 2 with no luggage. After the track driving is complete, change to the appropriate tire inflation recommended for the normal road driving condition.
Tires specified to this vehicle will have "HN" logo molded on the tire.

8-4

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

NOTICE · It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-
ed soon. Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. · An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile) · Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire sidewall.
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
8
8-5

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Item Gross vehicle weight Luggage volume (SAE)
M/T : Manual transmission

lbs. (kg) cu. ft. (l)

2.0 T-GDI M/T
4,079 lbs. (1,850 kg)
Behind 1st Row : 44.5 cu.ft (1,261 l) Behind 2nd Row : 19.9 cu.ft (565 l)

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Items

Refrigerant Compressor lubricant

oz. (g) oz. (cc)

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

Weight of Volume 15.87 (450) ± 0.88 (25) 4.23 (120) ± 0.35 (10)

Classification R-1234yf PAG

8-6

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

Lubricant Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Volume

Classification

Recommends

5.07 US qt. (4.8 l)

SAE 0W-30, API Latest / ACEA C2 *3

HK SYN MTF 70W (SK)

Manual transmission fluid

1.9 ~ 2.0 US qt. (1.8 ~ 1.9 l)

SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF (H.K.SHELL) GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)

API GL-4, SAE 70W

Dual clutch transmission

Gear oil Control oil

3.49 ~ 3.59 US qt. (3.3 ~ 3.4 l)
2.59 ~ 2.64 US qt. (2.45 ~ 2.5 l)

WDGO-1 WDHO-1

Mixture of antifreeze and water

Coolant

7.8 US qt. (7.4 l)

(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for alu-

minum radiator)

Brake/Clutch fluid Fuel

0.74~0.85 US qt.

SAE J1704 DOT4 LV

(0.7 ~ 0.8 l)

(ISO4925 CLASS6, FMVSS 116 DOT4+)

13.2 US gal. (50 l) Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction especially in colder weather conditions.

*3 : Requires <API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or "ACEA C2" Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil

including Semi-synthetic) is used,then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance

condition.

8-7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

°C (°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -10 0 20 40 60 80

40 100

20W-50

Engine Oil *1

15W-40 10W-30

0W-30

50 120

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W30 API SN PLUS / SP or ILSAC GF-6.

An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.

8-8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

Frame number

VIN label

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

OJSN088001
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.

OJS088006L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

OBU088002N
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

8-9

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OBU088003N
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.

OJSN088005
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

8-10

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER INFORMATION

This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

Eastern Region:

South Central Region:

Western Region:

Connecticut, Delaware,

Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,

Maine, Massachusetts, New Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,

Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, Texas.

Oregon, Utah, Washington,

Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151

South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151

Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850

Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia.

Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

(800) 633-5151

Southern Region

Central Region

3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066

2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181

(800) 633-5151

8-11

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8-12

Index
I

Index
A
Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-3 Immobilizer System .....................................................3-8 Smart Key.....................................................................3-3
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system.........2-38 Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-60 Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-61 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-43 Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-49 SRS Care ....................................................................2-59 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................2-48 Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-40 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-54
Air Cleaner......................................................................7-24 Filter Replacement .....................................................7-24
Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-6 Appearance care..............................................................7-70
Exterior care ...............................................................7-70 Interior care ................................................................7-75 Automatic climate control system ..................................3-91 Automatic Temperature Control Mode ......................3-92 Manual Temperature Control Mode...........................3-93 System Maintenance ..................................................3-99 System Operation .......................................................3-97

B
Battery.............................................................................7-29 Battery Recharging.....................................................7-30 For Best Battery Service ............................................7-30 Reset Features ............................................................7-31
Before driving ...................................................................5-4 Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4 Before Starting .............................................................5-4
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)............................5-84 System malfunction and limitations...........................5-89 System operation ........................................................5-87 System settings ...........................................................5-85
Brake/Clutch Fluid..........................................................7-22 Checking the brake/clutch Fluid Level ......................7-22
Brake system...................................................................5-31 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-34 Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................5-32 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-36 Good Braking Practices..............................................5-44 High Performance Brake............................................5-32 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-44 Parking Brake ............................................................5-33 Power Brakes..............................................................5-31 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-42
Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3

I-2

California Perchlorate Notice .........................................7-82 Declaration of conformity...............................................5-65

Child restraint system (CRS) ..........................................2-27 Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-27 Door Locks .....................................................................3-10

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-30

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-13

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-28

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-13

Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-104

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-11

Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-104

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ......3-10

Climate Control Air Filter...............................................7-25 Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-49

Filter Inspection..........................................................7-25

DRIVE MODE button................................................5-49

Consumer Information ....................................................8-11

Functional description and operating conditions .......5-53

Cruise Control (CC)......................................................5-103

N button......................................................................5-51

System operation ......................................................5-102

NGS (N Grin Shift) ....................................................5-52

Temporary speed increase ........................................5-103

Vehicle characteristic..................................................5-54

Driver Assist System.......................................................3-82

Rear View Monitor (RVM) ........................................3-82

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ..................................5-95

System malfunction and limitations...........................5-98

System operation ........................................................5-96

System settings ..........................................................5-95

Dual clutch transmission ...............................................5-19

DCT warning messages..............................................5-21

Dual clutch transmission operation............................5-19

Good driving practices ...............................................5-29

Parking........................................................................5-29

Index

I-3

Index
E
Electronic control suspension (ECS) ..............................5-46 Electronic limited slip differential ..................................5-47
Warning messages ......................................................5-48 Emission Control System ...............................................7-78
Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-78 Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) .........7-78 Exhaust Emission Control System .............................7-79 Engine ...............................................................................8-2 Engine Compartment.................................................1-6, 7-3 Engine Coolant ...............................................................7-18 Changing Engine Coolant ..........................................7-21 Checking the Engine Coolant Level ..........................7-18 Engine Number ...............................................................8-10 Engine Oil .......................................................................7-16 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-17 Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-16 Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ...............7-13 Exterior Features.............................................................3-25 Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-28 Hood ...........................................................................3-25 Liftgate .......................................................................3-26 Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2

F
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera only) .............................................5-64 System malfunction and limitations...........................5-70 System operation ........................................................5-67 System settings ...........................................................5-65
Fuses ...............................................................................7-47 Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-49 Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-51 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-48
H
Hazard Warning Flasher ...................................................6-2 High Beam Assist (HBA) ...............................................3-75
System malfunction and limitations...........................3-77 System operation ........................................................3-76 System settings ...........................................................3-76

I-4

I
If the Engine Overheats ....................................................6-6 If the Engine Will Not Start..............................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly.........................................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start ............................................................................6-3
If You Have a Flat Tire ...................................................6-14 With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)...................................6-14
Ignition switch ..................................................................5-6 Engine Start/Stop Button..............................................5-6
Important safety precautions.............................................2-2 Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt ........................................2-2 Control Your Speed ......................................................2-2 Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-2 Restrain All Children....................................................2-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving .........................6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.........................6-3
Infotainment System .........................................................4-2 Antenna ........................................................................4-2 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ...............4-4 Display Audio System..................................................4-4 Steering Wheel Audio Controls....................................4-3 USB Port ......................................................................4-2

Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-31 Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-33 Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-32 LCD Display Messages..............................................3-48 Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-36 Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-38
Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5 Interior Features ............................................................3-107
Cargo Area Cover .....................................................3-112 Clock.........................................................................3-110 Clothes Hanger .........................................................3-110 Cup Holder ...............................................................3-107 Floor Mat Anchor(s) .................................................3-111 Power Outlet.............................................................3-108 Sunvisor ....................................................................3-108 USB charger .............................................................3-109 Interior Overview..............................................................1-4
J
Jump Starting ....................................................................6-4
I
I-5

Index

Index
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA) .......................................5-107 System malfunction and limitations .........................5-111 System operation ......................................................5-108 System settings .........................................................5-107
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ...........................................5-77 System malfunction and limitations...........................5-81 System operation ........................................................5-79 System settings ...........................................................5-77
LCD Display ...................................................................3-45 LCD Display Control .................................................3-54 LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-55
Light Bulbs .....................................................................7-61 Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker ...........................7-62 High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-68 Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-68 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-68 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-65 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-65
Lighting...........................................................................3-68 Exterior Lights............................................................3-68 Interior Lights.............................................................3-72

M
Maintenance Services .......................................................7-4 Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4 Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4
Manual Climate Control System ....................................3-83 Heating and Air Conditioning ....................................3-84 System Maintenance ..................................................3-89 System Operation .......................................................3-87
Manual transmission .......................................................5-12 Good Driving Practices .............................................5-14 Manual Transmission Operation ...............................5-12 Rev matching..............................................................5-15
Mirrors ............................................................................3-17 Inside rearview mirror................................................3-17 Side view mirrors .......................................................3-18
O
Owner Maintenance ..........................................................7-5 Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-6

I-6

P
Parking Brake .................................................................7-23 Checking the Parking Brake ......................................7-23
Performance option.........................................................5-58 Launch Control...........................................................5-56 N Power Shift (For DCT)...........................................5-62 N Track Sense Shift (For DCT) ................................5-61 Shift Indicator.............................................................5-59
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)...........5-112 System malfunction and limitations.........................5-116 System operation ......................................................5-114 System settings .........................................................5-113
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-7 Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-8
Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-12

Scheduled Maintenance Services .....................................7-7

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions...........7-11

Normal Maintenance Schedule ....................................7-8

Seat belts .........................................................................2-14

Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-23

Care of seat belts ........................................................2-26

Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-17

Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-14

Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-15

Seats ..................................................................................2-3

Front Seats....................................................................2-5

Head Restraints ..........................................................2-10

Rear Seats .....................................................................2-8

Safety Precautions ........................................................2-4

Special driving conditions ............................................5-120

Driving at Night .......................................................5-121

Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-122

Driving in the Rain...................................................5-121

Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-120

Highway Driving......................................................5-122

Rocking the Vehicle ................................................5-120

Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-121

Steering wheel.................................................................3-15

Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-15

Horn ............................................................................3-16

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ..............................3-16

I-7

Index

Index
Storage Compartment ...................................................3-105 Center console storage .............................................3-105 Glove box .................................................................3-105 Sunglass holder ........................................................3-106
T
Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-12 Check Tire Pressure......................................................6-8 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position
Indicator ...................................................................6-10 Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-10 Low Tire Pressure Telltale............................................6-9 TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-11 Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-10 Tires and wheels ......................................................7-32, 8-4 All Season Tires .........................................................7-44 Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-34 Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-45 Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-45 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-33 Snow Tires..................................................................7-45 Summer Tires .............................................................7-44 Tire Care.....................................................................7-33 Tire Maintenance........................................................7-37 Tire Replacement........................................................7-36 Tire Rotation...............................................................7-35
I-8

Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-37 Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-41 Tire Traction ...............................................................7-37 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-36 Wheel Replacement....................................................7-37 Towing ............................................................................6-21 Dinghy towing............................................................6-22 Emergency Towing.....................................................6-23 Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-22 Tie-down Hook...........................................................6-25 Towing Service...........................................................6-21 Trailer towing................................................................5-133 Trip computer..................................................................3-64

V
Vehicle Certification Label ...............................................8-9 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................................8-9 Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-128
Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-129 Volume and Weight...........................................................8-6

W
Washer Fluid ...................................................................7-23 Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-23
Windows .........................................................................3-21 Power Windows..........................................................3-22
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-101 Rear Window Defroster............................................3-103
Winter driving ...............................................................5-123 Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-123 Winter Precautions ...................................................5-126
Wiper Blades...................................................................7-26 Blade Inspection .........................................................7-26 Blade Replacement.....................................................7-26
Wipers And Washers .......................................................3-79 Rear Window Wiper and Washer ...............................3-81 Windshield Washers ...................................................3-80 Windshield Wipers .....................................................3-79

Index

I
I-9

References

Acrobat Distiller 9.3.0 (Windows)